课件26张PPT。Module 1 British and American EnglishModule 1 British and American EnglishSection Ⅰ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Warming Up
?Step One：Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1. _____________(n.) 口音
2. _____________(adj.) 显然的, 显而易见的
3. _____________(vi.) (英)排队(等候)
4. _____________(adj.) 令人困惑的; 难懂的
5. _____________(vt.) 比较accentobviousqueue confusingcompare6. ____________(n.) 种类
7._____________ (n.) 评论; 讲话
8. _____________(n.) 变化
9. steadily adv. ____________________
10. switch n. _______________________
11. satellite n. ______________________
12. structure n. _____________________
variety remark variation不断地; 持续地开关卫星结构; 体系Ⅱ.重点短语
1. have..._______ common 有共同特点
2. make _______difference 有影响, 使不同
3. get _________四处走动
4. compare...____________... 和……比较
5. differ ________________与……不同
6. be similar _______与……相似inaaroundwith/tofrom to7. have difficulty _____________sth. 做某事有困难
8. lead ________导致; 引起
?Step Two：Fast Reading
Ⅰ.Scan the text and do some true or false questions.
1. There’re a lot of differences in grammar between British and American English.( )
(in) doing toF2. Vocabulary is the first and most obvious difference between the two.( )
3. British people say “write me” and “on the team”. ( )
4. There’s not much variation in language within the country.( )
5. Television and Internet have made it easier for the British and Americans to understand each other.( )TFFT6. In the future, there’ll be only one kind of English.( )
Ⅱ.Choose the best answer according to the text.
1. This passage is mainly about ________.
A. how the British brought English into the New WorldFDB. the tourists’ difficulties in the two countries
C. the use of the world official language—English
D. the obvious differences between British English and American English
2. What is the writer’s attitude toward the differences between British English and American English? ( )
A. People can understand each other in the same nation however great the differences are.
B. Differences within a language are quite normal even in the same country.BC. George Bernard Shaw believed that English would grow better.
D. It is surprising that the same language has such great differences.
3. The paragraph Colour or Color？tells us that ________.
A. people on the East Coast of the US speak a much similar English to the BritishAB. differences between languages often cause international problems
C. American English seems better than British English
D. spelling and pronunciation differences no longer exist in the same language
4. What causes “the two varieties are moving closer together”？( )
A. That the two nations are becoming more friendly.
B. American words and structures are passing into British English.
C. Steady communications between the two nations.CD. That scientists have made communications much easier.
5. Why do many people believe that British English will disappear in the future?( )
A. Because it is not easy to understand.
B. Because its spelling is more difficult.
C. Because lots of American words and structures have passed into it.CD. Because it is not as useful as American English.
?Step Three：Careful Reading
Ⅰ.Listen to the tape and answer the following questions.
1. Which sentence in the passage is the closest in meaning to the following one?There are a lot of differences between British English and American English.
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
2. In what ways is American English different from British English?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
British English and American English are different in many waysAmerican English is different from British English in vocabulary, grammar, spelling as well as pronunciation.3. Translate the sentence into Chinese.
But it has also led to lots of American words and structures passing into British English, so that some people now believe that British English will disappear.
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________但是这也导致许多美式英语单词和结构融入英式英语, 以至于现在有些人认为英式英语将会消失. Ⅱ.Read the text and fill in the blanks.
different gasstand in linechipsdifferent carsundergroundtaxiarrivedcolourvariation?Step Four：Consolidation
British and American English are different in many ways.The first and most 1.__________ way is in the vocabulary.For example, Americans drive automobiles down freeways while the British drive cars along 2.__________________.The second difference is that sometimes the same word has a slightly different meaning, obvious motorwayswhich can be 3.____________.Third, there are a few differences in 4.______________, too.The British say “Have you got...？” while Americans prefer “Do you have...？” Prepositions, too, can be different.The British use prepositions while Americans 5.________ them.Finally, confusinggrammaromitmany factors have influenced American 6._______________ since the first 7.________ arrived four hundred years ago.The 8._________, which is most 9._________ to British English, can be heard on the East Coast of the US.A Londoner may have more 10.___________ understanding a Scotsman from Glasgow than understanding a New Yorker.
pronunciationsettlersaccentsimilardifficulty?Step Five：Discussion
Do you think Chinese will be most widely used in the world? Why? (within 30 words)
Cue words：development; communicate
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________ ?
Yes, I think so.Because with our country’s development, more and more foreigners want to learn Chinese in order to communicate with us.本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件97张PPT。Section Ⅱ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary — Language Study1. have sth.in common (with sb./sth.) (和某人或某物)有相同/共同之处
(教材原句)We have really everything in common with America nowadays, except of course, language.
我们今天与美国真的一切都相同了, 当然除了语言. 归纳拓展
have much (a lot)/everything/nothing (little) in common
有很多/所有/几乎没有共同之处
have not much/little/nothing in common没有多少/没有共同之处
in common (with...)(与……)一样; 共有
common sense常识
①China and Kazakhstan are neighbors and have a lot in common.
中国和哈萨克斯坦是邻邦, 彼此有许多共同之处.
②Though they are twins, they have nothing in common.
虽然是双胞胎, 他们却毫无共同之处. ③Vice-President Xi Jinping is expected to discuss bilateral ties, and international and regional issues of common concern with high-ranking US officials.
中国国家副主席习近平将与美国政府高级官员进行会谈, 商讨双边关系以及共同关注的国际与地区事宜.
[易混辨析] common, usual, ordinary, normal
①This kind of flower is very common in this city.在这座城市里这种花儿很常见.
②He came late as usual.像往常一样他迟到了
③His ordinary breakfast consists of only bread and milk.平常他的早餐只有面包和牛奶.
④Her temperature is normal.她的体温正常
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
和其他学生一样, 汤姆的英语学得也很好.
________________other students, Tom is good at English.
1－2用common, normal, usual, ordinary填空
(1)He has always rated himself above ____________musicians.In common withordinary(2)This plant is __________ in South Africa.
(3)We are open during ________ working hours.
(4)She had all the ________ teenage problems.
commonnormalusual2. make a difference 有影响, 使不相同
(教材原句)It doesn’t make much of a difference whether a teacher speaks British or American English. 老师讲英式英语还是讲美式英语没有太大的差别.
归纳拓展
make no/little/some/much difference (to)
(对……)没有/几乎没有/有些/有很大影响
tell the difference between...说出……之间的不同之处
①It’s what you do today that will make a difference in your life tomorrow.
是你今天的所作所为使你的明天与众不同.
②The snow made much difference to our work.
这场雪对我们的工作有很大的影响.
③It will make no difference to him, whatever you may decide.
无论你做什么决定, 对他都一样.
巧学活用
2－1完成句子
(1)姚明能否为国家队打球事关重大.
______________________________whether Yao Ming will play for the National Team.
(2)窗外的噪声对我们学生们没有影响.
The noise outside the window _________________________to us students.
It makes much differencemakes no difference3. exchange n. & v. 交换, 互换, 交流
(教材原句)Lessons start tomorrow for students on the exchange programmes.
交流学生的课程明天开始.
归纳拓展
助记①I shook hands and exchanged a few words with the manager.
我与经理握手, 相互交谈了几句.
②I’d like to exchange some pounds for dollars.我想把一些英镑兑换成美金.
③They have offered to release the hostages, but what do they want in exchange？他们提出可以释放人质, 但他们想要什么作为交换？
[易混辨析] change, exchange
助
记④I changed my seat.(X→Y)
我换了个座位.
⑤ Let’s exchange our seats.(X?Y)
我们换换座位吧.
3－1完成句子
(1)约翰和玛丽交换了礼物.
John ___________ gifts ________ Mary.
(2)用我的裙子换你的牛仔裤, 你愿意吗？
Would you like my skirt ______________________ your jeans?exchangedwithin exchange for3－2翻译句子
There are visits and exchanges between schools, theatre groups and sports teams.
_____________________________________
_____________________________________在学校、剧团和体育团队之间都有一些访问或交流活动. 4. get around 四处走动, 传播, 流传
(教材原句)As a tourist, you will need to use the underground in London or the subway in New York, or maybe you will prefer to get around the town by taxi (British) or cab (American). 作为游人, 在伦敦你要乘的地铁是underground, 而在纽约则是subway, 或者你愿意乘坐taxi(英式)或者cab(美式)游
览城市.
归纳拓展
①It is difficult for him to get around without a stick.他没有手杖四处活动很困难.
②His work makes it possible for him to get around in different countries.
他的工作使他能在不同的国家旅行.
③It’s time I got down to thinking about that essay.
我该认真思考一下那篇作文了.
④He’s not very good at getting his ideas across.
他不太善于清楚地表达自己的思想.
巧学活用
4－1完成句子
(1)消息很快传开：许多国家发生地震.
It quickly ____________ that earthquakes happened in many countries.
(2)我和同学们关系很好.
I __________________ with my classmates.got aroundget along/on well4－2单项填空
(2010·高考浙江卷)After that, he knew he could ________ any emergency by doing what he could to the best of his ability.
A. get away with
B. get on with
C. get through
D. get across解析：选C. 句意：那件事之后, 他明白了只要他尽其所能就能处理好任何紧急事件. get away with带着……逃脱, 离开; get on with (与某人)和睦相处; get through通过, 做完, 解决; get across被传达, 被理解, 把……讲清楚. 根据句意可知答案为C项.
5. confusing adj.混乱的; 混淆的; 令人困惑的, 难懂的
(教材原句)Sometimes the same word has a slightly different meaning, which can be confusing. 有时候同一个单词的含义有微小的差别, 这可能会让人感到困惑. 归纳拓展
(1)confuse vt.使困惑, 把……弄糊涂; 混淆;
混乱, 搞乱
confuse A with/and B把A和B混淆了
(2)confused adj.困惑的, 烦恼的; 杂乱的
get/be confused by对……感到困惑
(3)in confusion在混乱中
①I always confuse you and your brother.
You are so much alike.
我总是把你和你弟弟弄混了, 你们长得那么
像.
②I was confused at his confusing words.
我对他说的令人难懂的话感到迷惑不解.
③He stood there in confusion.
他困窘地站在那里.
[易混辨析] confuse, confusing, confused
【助记】 They confused me by asking so
many confusing questions.I was totally confused, standing there in confusion, not
knowing what to do.
他们提了一大堆令人费解的问题, 把我难住
了. 我稀里糊涂, 迷茫地站在那儿, 全然不知
所措.
【重点提示】 注意以下几组单词：
巧学活用
5－1单句改错
(1)I’m confused with the confused items on the table.
______________________________________
(2)The answer seems to be as confused as ever.
______________________________________第二个confused→confusingconfused→confusing5－2单项填空
______ _ what he said, I didn’t know how to answer.
A. Confused by B. Confused with
C. Confusing by D. Confusing with
解析：选A. 考查分词作状语. 被……弄迷惑, be confused by...故用过去分词. 故选A.
6. compare vt.比较, 对照; 比喻为, 比作
n. 比较 (教材原句)Prepositions, too, can be different：compare on the team, on the weekend (American) with in the team, at the weekend (British).
介词的用法也有所不同：比较一下on the team, on the weekend(美式用法)和in the team, at the weekend(英式用法).
归纳拓展
(1)compare A with B拿A与B比较, 相比
compare A to B把A比作B
beyond/without compare无与伦比
(2)compared with/to和……相比(常作状语)
comparing A with/to B 把A和B相比(常作状语)
(3)comparison n. 比较, 对照; 比喻
in comparison with与……相比较
助记
①Compare your answers with those at the back of the book to see if they are right.把你的答案同书后面的答案对照一下, 看看是否正确.
②He compared his girlfriend to the moon
in a poem.
他在一首诗中把他女朋友比作月亮.
③Living in the country is cheap in comparison with the big ones.
与大城市相比, 在乡下生活比较便宜.
巧学活用
6－1完成句子
(1)把这台电脑和那台相比较, 你就会发现它们之间的区别.
____________ this computer ________that one, and you’ll find the differences between them.Comparewith(2)这部小说不能和那部相比.
This novel can’t ________________that one.
(3)和其他影片相比, 《2012》是令人震撼的.
________________ other films, 2012 is shocking.
(4)这两个房子相比, 我喜欢有花园的那个.
____________these two houses, I like the one with a garden.compare withCompared withComparing(5)把这个和那个相比, 你就会发现哪个更好.
__________this one with that one, and you’ll find which one is better.
(6)和平时的月亮相比, 这个月的月亮比任何其他时候的月亮都大, 被叫做超级月亮.
______________to the usual moon, the moon this month is larger than any other time, called the super moon.
CompareCompared名师微博
对于compare的考查常常体现在其分词形式作状语上. 用现在分词还是过去分词, 要考虑compare与主句主语的逻辑关系：若二者是逻辑主动关系则用现在分词; 若二者是逻辑被动关系, 则用过去分词. 同时还要考虑祈使句＋and/or固定句型.7. differ vi.不同, 有区别; 意见分歧或相左
(教材原句)The other two areas in which the two varieties differ are spelling and pronunciation. 此外, 在两种英语中另外两个领域的区别是拼写和发音.
归纳拓展 (1)differ from相异, 有区别, 不同于 differ in在某方面不同
differ with sb.about/on sth.在某事上与某人意见相左/相异
(2)different adj.不同的, 有区别的
be different in在某方面不同
be different from不同于, 有区别
(3)difference n. 区别, 差别
①Humans differ from other animals in their ability to speak.
人与其他动物的区别就在于人会说话.
②I differ with/from you on this matter.关于此事, 我和你意见不同.
③Our opinion differs greatly from each other’s in that respect.
我们的意见在那方面彼此有很大的出入.
巧学活用
7－1改写句子
(1)These two books are different in colour—one is red, the other is blue.(differ)
＝These two books ________________—one is red, the other is blue.differ in colour(2)The speed of a train differs greatly from that of an airplane.(different)
＝The speed of a train ________________________ that of an airplane.
7－2单项填空
They are similar ________ appearance, but differ ________ character.is greatly different fromA. to; from B. in; from
C. to; in D. in; in
解析：选D. 本题考查介词的用法. 根据习惯搭配容易误选A项, be similar to“与……相似”, differ from“与……不同”, 不符合语境. 句意：他们外表相似但性格迥异. 介词in意为“在……方面”, 所以D项正确.
8. be similar to 类似于, 与……相似
(教材原句)The accent, which is most similar to British English, can be heard on the East Coast of the US. 在美国东海岸能够听到与英式英语最相似的英语. 归纳拓展
①American cities are similar to other cities around the world.
美国的城市和世界各地其他的城市是相似的
②The two of them are similar in character.他们两人性格相近.
③The result showed that the method could reflect the similarity and difference among samples well.结果表明：用这种方法能很好地反映样品间的相似性和差异性.
[易混辨析] same, similar
④This egg is similar to that, but it is not
the same as that.
这只鸡蛋和那只相似, 但并不完全相同.
巧学活用
8－1完成句子
(1)我们对音乐的品味相似.
We have ________________ in music.
(2)这两次袭击之间有些相似之处.
There are ________________ between the attacks.similar tastessome similarities(3)长城为世人所熟知.
The Great Wall is ________________ the world.
名师微博
be similar to的反义词组是be different from“与……不同”.
familiar to9. remark n. 评论, 讲话; vt.& vi.说(常与that连用); 谈论, 评论(常与on连用)
(教材原句)When the Irish writer George Bernard Shaw made the famous remark that the British and the Americans are two nations divided by a common language, he was obviously thinking about the differences当爱尔兰作家萧伯纳发表那句名言——英国和美国是被同一种语言分开的两个民族的时候, 他显然想到了它们的区别.
归纳拓展
(1)remark that...说……, 评论……
remark on/upon sth./sb.谈论某事或某人
(2)make a remark/remarks on/about...对……发表评论
(3)remarkable adj.引人注目的; 异常的, 非凡的
①He remarked that he would be absent the next day.他说他次日将不会在场.
②He was remarking upon the subject when I came into the room.
当我进屋的时候, 他正在评论这个问题.
③He was fired for making racist remarks during an interview.
他因在采访期间发表种族主义言论而被解雇.
巧学活用
9－1完成句子
(1)A local newspaper __________(评论) that crime was on the increase.
(2)Professor Smith ____________________________ (评论不同之处) between the two dictionaries.remarkedremarked on the differences(3)He ___________________(做了粗鲁的评
论) about her appearance.
10. lead to 引起; 导致, 通向
(教材原句)But it has also led_to lots of American words and structures passing into British English, so that some people now believe that British English will disappear. made rude remarks但是这也致使许多美式英语的单词和结构传入英式英语, 以至于现在有些人认为英式英语将要消失.
归纳拓展
①There are but two roads that lead to a great goal：strength and perseverance.
世间只有两条路可以使人达到伟大目标, 那就是：力量和坚持不懈.
②The dog led the blind man to go across the road.这条狗领着盲人过了马路.
③The guide led us through the forest.向导带领我们穿过了森林. ④The one in the second lane is in the lead now.
第二条跑道上的人现在跑在前面.
[易混辨析] lead to, lie in⑤Hard work leads to success and failure often lies in laziness.
辛勤工作通向成功, 失败常在于懒惰.
巧学活用
10－1单句改错
(1)The carelessness led to Mary fail in the exam. ____________________________
(2)The road leads to Beijing is very wide.
___________________________________
(3)What led you believe it?
____________________________________
fail→failing leads→leadingbelieve前加to名师微博
lead to“引起, 导致; 通向”, 其中to为介词, 后接名词或动名词. lead sb.to＋n.
“引导某人……”; lead sb.to do sth.使某人做……. 1. (教材原句)A Londoner has more difficulty understanding a Scotsman from Glasgow than understanding a New Yorker.
伦敦人要听懂来自格拉斯哥的苏格兰人说话比听懂纽约人说话更难. [句法分析] have difficulty (in) doing sth.
做某事有困难(in可以省略)
①When I came to America, I had a lot of difficulty making myself understood.
我刚到美国时, 想让人听懂我的话很难.
②Not knowing his telephone number, she had much difficulty in getting in touch with Bill.不知道比尔的电话号码, 她很难与他取得联系.
归纳拓展
(1)have some/much/no/little difficulty (in) doing sth.
做某事有一些/很多/没有/很少困难
have some/much/no/little difficulty with sth.
做某事有一些/很多/没有/很少困难
be in difficulties/difficulty处境困难
without difficulty轻而易举地
③They had no difficulty with such a situation.
他们处理这样的困境毫不费力.
④Please turn to me for help whenever in difficulty.
无论何时处境困难, 请向我求助.
【提示】 “某人做某事有困难”是考试考查的热点, 常将have difficulty in doing sth.中的difficulty提前作先行词, 将主语＋have设为定语从句, have后设空考查动词时, 应选动词-ing形式.
⑤I want to know what difficulty he has carrying out the experiment.
我想知道他做这个实验有多大的困难.
巧学活用 1－1单项填空
(1)You can’t imagine what difficulty we had ________ home in the snowstorm.
A. Walked B. walk
C. to walk D. walking
解析：选D. we had为定语从句, 修饰先行词difficulty. imagine后跟宾语从句的谓语为have difficulty (in) doing sth.结构. (2)My deskmate has some trouble ________ spelling some of the words in American English while I have some difficulty _______ pronunciation.
A. in; in B. with; with
C. in; with D. with; in
解析:选C. have some trouble (difficulty) in doing/with sth.
意为“在做某事方面有困难”.
2. (教材原句)This non-stop communication, the experts think, has made it easier for British people and Americans to understand each other.
专家们认为, 这种不间断的交流使得英国人和美国人相互理解起来更加容易.
[句法分析] 本句中, the experts think为插入语. make it easier for...是“make＋宾语＋宾语补足语”结构, 意思是“使……”. 宾语补足语可以是名词、形容词、过去分词、不定式等. 其中it是形式宾语, 通常不译, 后边的to understand each other是真正的宾语. ①The rain made it more difficult for us to finish the work on time.
大雨使我们更难按时完成工作.
②She made it her duty to look after these children.她把照顾这些孩子作为她的义务.
③He made it clear that he objected.他明确表示反对.
归纳拓展
make＋宾语＋宾语补足语是一个常用句式. 如果make后的宾语是不定式或that从句或动名词, 宾语补足语是形容词或名词, 这时往往把形式宾语it放在宾语的位置上, 把真正的宾语放在后面. 该句型为：
④We think it not right that children should be left alone in the house.
我们认为把孩子们独自留在家里是不对的.
巧学活用
2－1完成句子
(1)环境让学英语变得更重要.
The situation has made ____________________ to learn English.
(2)他在考试中被发现作弊.
He was found _________________________.it more importantcheating in the examination2－2翻译句子
(1)我觉得向他解释清楚发生了什么事很困难.
______________________________________
_________________________________
(2)放学后进行体育活动, 他们已形成了习惯.
______________________________________
__________________________________I found it difficult for me to explain to him what happened.They have made it a rule to have sports after school.2－3单项填空
(2011·高考天津卷)We feel _____our duty to make our country a better place.
A. it B. this
C. That D. one解析：选A. 本题考查代词用法. 句意：我们觉得让我们的国家成为一个更加美好的地方是我们的责任. 根据句子结构可知：后面的不定式短语to make...place为真正的宾语, 设空处应为形式宾语, 四个选项中只有it可作形式宾语, 故答案为A项.
3. (教材原句)Americans use a flashlight, while for the British, it’s a torch.
美国人把手电筒称为flashlight, 而英国人则叫它torch.
[句法分析] 句中while是并列连词, 连接两个并列句, 表示对比, 意为“然而, 而”.
①I like music while my brother likes football.
我喜欢音乐, 然而我哥哥喜欢足球. 归纳拓展
(1)while conj.当……时候; 尽管
n. 一会儿(相当于a short time)
(2)in a while一会儿之后(常用于将来时态)
for a while一会儿
once in a while偶尔
[易混辨析] when, while
②We were having dinner when there was someone knocking at the door.我们在吃饭时, 这时有人敲门了.
③While he was eating, I asked him to lend me D|S2.
当他正在吃饭时, 我请求他借给我两美元.
④I’ll call you when I get there.我一到那里就给你打电话. ⑤While I am willing to help, I don’t have much time available.
尽管我乐意帮忙, 但我没有多少时间.
⑥We will never forget the days when the Olympics were held in Bejing.
我们永远忘不了奥运会在北京举行的日子.
(定语从句)⑦Nagoya Mayor kawamura Takashi said the Nanjing Massacre “probably never happened” while meeting with a delegation from Nanjing.名古屋市市长河村隆之在会见南京代表团访问时, 宣称南京大屠杀“可能没有这回事”.
巧学活用
3－1单项填空
(1)Alice had just finished her meal ________her mother asked her to buy some apples yesterday.
A. When B. while
C. after D. since解析：选A. 考查状语从句. 句意：昨天艾丽丝刚刚吃完饭她母亲就让她去买些苹果. 根据主从句的动词时态可知主句谓语动词的动作在从句谓语动作之前已经完成, 引导词的意思是：当……的时候或正在那时. 故选A.
(2)(2011·高考北京卷)________ volleyball is her main focus, she’s also great at basketball.
A. Since B. Once
C. Unless D. While
解析：选D. 本题考查连词. 句意：尽管她把重点都放在排球上, 可她也擅长篮球. 根据句意应选择D项. 这里while引导让步状语从句. 名师微博
while引导让步状语从句时, 应放于句首.温馨提示
请做课时作业 Module 1 Section Ⅱ
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件77张PPT。Section Ⅲ Listening, Speaking, Everyday English and Function & Cultural Corner?Step One：Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1._________ (n.) (广播、电视节目的)期; 版
2. _________(adj.) 逗人喜爱的
3. _________(vt.) 陈述; 提出(观点、计划等)
4. _________(n.) 努力; 尝试editioncute presentattempt5. _____________(vt.) 简化
6. _____________(n.) 组合; 结合
7. distinctive (adj.)_______________
8. criticise (vt.)__________________
9. standard (adj.)________________
10. reference (n.)________________
simplifycombination与众不同的批评标准的参考; 查阅Ⅱ.重点短语
1. _____favour ______ 同意, 支持
2. refer ______sth.as 称……为……
3. thanks_____ 多亏; 由于
4. have an effect ______对……有影响
5. get _________sth./doing sth. 习惯于某事/做某事inoftotoonused to 6. add up to__________
7. pick up____________
8. belong to___________
9. get on/along with sb./sth.
____________________________
10. so far_____________________
总计学会属于与……相处; ……在进展中迄今为止?Step Two：Fast Reading
阅读Cultural Corner中的文章“The Man Who Made Spelling Simple”, 并完成下列各题.
1. True (T) or False (F).
(1)Noah Webster was a teacher in Yale University.( )F(2)The Elementary Spelling Book was Noah Webster’s first book.( )
(3)At present, Webster’s dictionary is still the first dictionary for American students.( )
2. Choose the best answers.( )
(1)Which of the following can replace the word “represent” in the first paragraph?TTAA. stand for B. present
C. take D. use
(2)What can we know about Noah Webster in the text?( )
A. He taught in Yale University in 1788.
B. He once worked as a lawyer.
C. He fought against the British in the American War of Independence.CD. He was popular among the British.
(3)Which one is NOT the reason for writing an American dictionary?( )
A. In English the spelling of words do not always represent the sound.
B. Some British words have too many letters.DC. Webster thought the newly independent United States should have a distinctive “American” look.
D. The British dictionaries are not good.
1. announcement n. [C]声明; 宣告
(教材原句)The prime minister is making an important announcement at the moment. 此刻首相正发表重要声明. 归纳拓展
(1)make an announcement通知, 发表声明
(2)announce vt.宣布, 宣告
①German President Christian Wulff has made an announcement of his resignation, after prosecutors called for his immunity to be lifted.德国总统克里斯蒂安伍尔夫宣布他将辞职, 主要原因是检察院已经提出要求取消他的割免权.
②The spokesman of the Foreign Ministry announced the news to the reporters.＝The spokesman of the Foreign Ministry announced to the reporters the news.
外交部发言人向记者发布了新闻.
③It has been announced that they will be married on National Day.
他们已宣布在国庆节结婚.
【提示】 announce不能用于announce sb.sth.结构中, 可用于announce to sb./sth.that...或announce sth.to sb.
[易混辨析] declare, announce, publish
④He declared his intention to run for office.他宣布了自己参加竞选的想法.
⑤The government announced a sale.政府公布要出售.
⑥He’ll publish a statement.他将公布一项声明.
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)女士们, 先生们, 我有事要宣布.
Ladies and gentlemen, I have an announcement ______________.
(2)他们在当地报纸上发布了结婚日期.
They _______________________ their wedding in the local paper.to makeannounced the date of1－2单项填空
(2012·青岛二中高二第一次月考)The United States ________its independence from Britain in 1776.
A. declared
B. announced
C. published
D. informed解析：选A. 句意：美国于1776年正式宣布
脱离英国而独立. declare指公开正式宣布一
件事情; announce指宣布一件人们所关心或
感兴趣的事情, 含有预告的意味; publish指
以书面的形式“公布, 发表”; inform意为
“通知”.
2. add vi.& vt.加; 增加; 补充说
(教材原句)Now add some more ideas in favour of your chosen variety.
现在再增加一些观点来支持你选择的英语变体.
归纳拓展
助记
7＋88＋99＝？?
add up add up to①He wrote down the weight of each stone and then added up all the weights.他把每一块石头的重量记下来, 然后把所有的重量加在一起.
②His whole school education added up to no more than one year.
他所有的学校教育加起来总共只有一年. ③The Mashable report comes as rumors point to Siri, the much lauded iPhone 4S intelligent personal assistant, adding Mandarin Chinese support next month.Mashable的调查报道正发表在Siri流言喧嚣尘下之际, 业内流传iPhone 4S的智能人工助理Siri下月开始增加普通话支持.
[易混辨析] add to, add...to...
④His illness added to the family’s trouble.他的病, 给他的家庭增添了麻烦.
⑤Linda added some milk to the coffee.琳达往咖啡里加了些牛奶.
巧学活用
2－1完成句子
(1)来访的部长对他的会谈表示满意, 补充说他在这里很愉快.
The visiting Minister expressed his satisfaction with his talks, _______________
he had enjoyed his stay here.adding that(2)他把那些数字加起来, 它们合计为5050.
He ____________those figures and they ________________ 5050.
2－2单项填空
(2012·江苏期末)The engine of the bus was out of order, and the bad weather ________the worries of the passengers.added upadded up toA. added up B. added to
C. resulted from D. made of
解析：选B. add up“把……加起来”; add to“增加”; result from“起因于”; (be) made of“由……制成”. 句意为“公交车的引擎出了毛病, 糟糕的天气更增加了乘客的烦恼”.
3. in favour of 同意, 赞同, 支持, 便于
(教材原句)Now add some more ideas in favour of your chosen variety.
现在再增加一些观点来支持你选择的英语变体.
归纳拓展
in sb.’s favour对某人有利
in favour赞同的; 流行的; 得宠的
do sb.a favour帮某人忙
do a favour for sb.给某人恩惠; 帮某人的忙; 为某人尽力
①He said he was in favor of the plan and so said the rest of us.
他说他赞成这个计划, 我们其他人也这么说.
②Could you do me a favor to hand me that pencil, please?
你能帮忙把那支铅笔递给我吗？
巧学活用
3－1单句改错
(1)The committee came out in favour with
the minister’s proposals.________________
(2)Could you do me favour and turn off that light?______________________________with→of favour→a favour3－2单项填空
The majority of the local people got benefit from the medical reform which they are in ________of.
A. honor B. danger
C. favor D. memory
解析: 选C. 句意：当地大多数人都能从他们赞同的医疗改革中得到好处. in favor of赞同
名师微博
注意几个常用的in＋n.＋of结构的短语：
in honour of为纪念; 为庆祝; in search of为寻找……; in need of 需要……; in memory of为纪念……4. Present vt.提出, 赠送, 陈述(观点, 计划等)
(教材原句)Present your ideas to the rest of the class.
向班里其余同学陈述你的想法.
归纳拓展
(2)present adj.出席; 在场; 现在的
be present at出席
(3)present n. 目前; 现在; 礼物
at present＝at the present time目前; 现在
for the present暂时, 暂且
助记
The boy present at the meeting was considering asking his father for a book on the present tense as a birthday present.出席会议的那个男孩正考虑向他父亲要一本关于现在时态的书作为生日礼物.
①The mayor presented a silver cup to the winner.＝The mayor presented the winner with a silver cup.市长把银杯授予了获胜者.
②Present at the meeting were the leading members of the departments concerned.
出席会议的是各有关部门的负责人.
③At present, I’m not at all satisfied with the present situation.
现在, 我对目前的情况一点都不满意.
巧学活用 4－1句型转换
(1)The students presented a beautiful notebook to the teacher.
The students presented the teacher _________________________________.
(2)Many teachers were present at the meeting._______________________were many teachers.with a beautiful notebookPresent at the meeting4－2翻译句子
(1)在教师节那天, 同学们向老师们敬献了鲜花.
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
(2)昨天出席会议的有多少人？
______________________________________
______________________________________
On Teachers’ Day, the students presented flowers to their teachers.How many people were present at the meeting yesterday?5. refer to...as 称……为……; 把……当作……
(教材原句)The Chinese refer to their language as Han, as it became popular among the people during the Han Dynasty. 中国人把自己的语言称作汉语, 因为这种语言在汉朝很流行.
归纳拓展
①People who work in offices are usually referred to as “white collar workers”.
那些在办公室工作的人被称为“白领工人”.
②If you have any questions, please refer to the address given above.
如有任何疑问, 请按上述地址联系我们.
③Mr.White referred his success to his hard work.
怀特先生把他的成功归功于他的勤劳工作.
【提示】
(1)refer to提及、参考、谈及
(2)短语中的to为介词
(3)refer的现在分词和过去分词都要双写字
母r.
④The dictionary referred to in class is well worth buying.
班上提到的那本词典很值得买.
[易混辨析] refer to, look up
巧学活用
5－1完成句子
(1)会议上被谈及的问题还没有解决.
The problem ________________ at the meeting hasn’t been settled down.
(2)越来越多的人认为汉语是世界上第二大语言. referred toMore and more people __________Chinese
as the second largest language.
(3)当你阅读碰到一些生词时, 你可以参考参考书或在词典中查找.
When you meet with some new words, you may ___________the reference book or ________________ in the dictionary.
refer torefer tolook them up6. attempt n. 尝试, 努力, 试图, 企图
v. 试图, 企图
(教材原句)Can you see any similarities between Webster’s work and attempts to simplify Chinese？ 你能找到韦伯斯特的工作同简化汉语的尝试之间的相同点吗？
归纳拓展
(1)attempt to do/doing sth.试图做某事
(2)in one’s attempt to力图, 试图
make an attempt to do打算, 试图
make an attempt at doing sth.尝试做某事
at one’s first attempt第一次尝试
①China’s Zheng Jie was attempting to punch her ticket to the third round of the Australian Open by taking on Italian Roberta Vinci in the second round on Thursday.中国的郑洁通过在星期四的第二轮与意大利的罗伯塔·文奇的比赛, 试图向澳洲公开赛的第三轮冲击. ②Her first attempt at English composition was poor.她第一次写的英语作文很差.
[易混辨析] try, attempt, manage
③I will try to persuade him to adopt the proposal.
我将尽力说服他采纳这条建议.
④If I have some extra time, I will try going there by ship.
如果我有额外的时间, 我会尝试坐船去那里. ⑤The second question was so difficult that I didn’t even attempt it.
第二道题太难了, 我甚至没有尝试去回答.
⑥The building caught fire last night.Luckily
everyone managed to escape from it.昨晚大
楼着火了, 幸运的是每个人都从里面逃了出
来.
巧学活用
6－1用try, manage, attempt填空
(1)The teacher ____________ a change in his teaching methods, but failed.
(2)He ________ again and again and at last he ___________ to work out the maths problem without help.
attemptedtriedmanaged7. thanks to 多亏, 由于
(教材原句)For Americans things are a little bit easier, thanks to the work of Noah Webster, a teacher who graduated from Yale University in 1778. 对美国人来说, 事情容易一些, 这多亏了诺亚·韦伯斯特的贡献. 韦伯斯特是一位老师, 1778年毕业于耶鲁大学.
归纳拓展
①We’ve reached our goal for D|S50,000, thanks to the generosity of the public.
我们完成了募集50,000美元的目标, 这要归功于公众的慷慨大方. ②It was all a great success—thanks to a lot of hard work.
由于尽心竭力, 这才大获成功.
③Owing to the terrible earthquake, the Japanese people were living a terrible life.由于大地震, 日本人正过着非常难捱的日子.
巧学活用
7－1用thanks to, due to或owing to填空
(1)___________the bad weather, we had to stay indoors.
(2)Langlang’s success is largely _________ his own efforts.
(3)_____________ your help, we finished the task ahead of time.
Owing todue toThanks to名师微博
表示原因的几个短语用法不一：because of因为(多作状语); due to由于(多作表语, 有时作状语); owing to由于(多作状语, 有时作表语); as a result of由于(多作状语). 7－2单项填空
________ the new computer, passengers at the offices of the CAAC can now buy their airplane tickets much faster.
A. Because B. For
C. Thanks for D. Thanks to
解析：选D. thanks to为固定词组, 意为“多亏, 由于”. A、B项为连词, 用来连接句子; C项表示“因某事而感谢……”. 故选D项.
1. (教材原句)I’m getting on just fine, now that I understand the local accent. 由于懂了当地的口音, 我也就开始适应了.
[句法分析] now that意为“既然, 因为”, 是一个连词词组, 用来表明前后句的因果关系. 在本句中连接一个表示原因的状语从句, 在口语中可将that省略. 通常位于句首. ①Now (that) you have grown up, you should not rely on your parents.
你既然长大了, 就不应该依靠你的父母了.
[易混辨析] because, since, as, for, now that
②—Why were you absent from school last week？——上周你为什么没来上学？
—Because my mother was ill.——因为我妈妈病了.
③I’ll do it for you since you are busy.既然你忙, 我来替你做吧.
④As you weren’t there, I left a message.因为你不在那里, 我留了个信儿. ⑤It must have rained last night, for the ground is wet.
昨天晚上肯定下雨了, 因为地面是湿的. ,
巧学活用
1－1用because, as, since, for, now that填空
(1)He must be at home, _____ the light in his room is on.for(2)I didn’t phone you __________ I was too busy.
(3)________________ you are here, why not have a drink?
(4)________ it is raining now, let’s stay at home.
becauseNow that/SinceAs1－2单项填空
—Have you got any idea for the summer vacation?
—I don’t mind where we go ________there’s sun, sea and beach.
A. as if B. as long as
C. now that D. in order that解析：选B. 句意：——暑假有什么打算？
——去什么地方都行, 只要有阳光、大海和沙滩就可以了. as long as只要, 引导条件状语从句. as if好像; now that既然; in order that为了, 均不符合语境要求.
2. (教材原句)By the 1850s it was selling one million copies a year, making it one of the most popular school books ever. 到十九世纪五十年代, 每年售出一百万册, 使它成为最受欢迎的校园图书之一.
[句法分析] 此处making it one of the most popular school books ever为现在分词作结果状语, 相当于一个由which引导的非限制性定语从句, 即：which made it one of the most popular school books ever, which指代前面整个句意.
①Lucy married Tom last week, making Jack very unhappy.
上周露西和汤姆结婚了, 结果使得杰克非常不开心. ②There were over 200 countries and organizations taking part in the Shanghai World Expo, making it the greatest in the history.
有200多个国家和组织参加了上海世博会, 使之成为历史上规模最大的一次. 【提示】 现在分词作结果状语, 表示必然的结果, 有时其前可加thus; 而动词不定式作结果状语, 表示出乎意料的结果. 有时为了加强语气, 还在其前加only, 即only to do.
③I hurriedly arrived at the station, only to find that the train had already gone.我匆匆地赶到火车站, 结果发现火车早开走了.
巧学活用
2－1单项填空
(1)(2012·广西玉林、南宁二中联考)We hurried all the way to the airport, only ____________that the flight had been called off because of the foggy weather.
A. being told B. to be told
C. having told D. to have been told解析：选B. 考查不定式作结果状语. 句意：我们一直急匆匆地赶到机场, 结果被告知由于雾天航班已经被取消了. 此处不定式短语表示意外的结果.
(2)(2012·绵阳中学月考)The Spanish football team won the South Africa World Cup on July 13th, ________it the 8th country to have won the World Cup.A. made B. making
C. to make D. to have made
解析：选B. 考查现在分词的用法. 此处现在分词短语作结果状语. 句意：西班牙足球队赢得了7月13日的南非世界杯, 致使西班牙成为第八个赢得世界杯的国家.
温馨提示
请做课时作业 Module 1 Section Ⅲ本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件65张PPT。Section Ⅳ Grammar & Writing在英语中, 在不同的时间里发生的动作或存在的状态, 要用动词不同的形式表示出来, 动词的这种不同形式就构成了动词的时态.
复习动词时态(一)
本模块的语法是复习动词时态的形式, 包括一般现在时、现在进行时、现在完成时和一般将来时. 时态一直是高考的热点和难点, 也是学生必须熟练掌握的基本语法项目. 一、一般现在时
1. 表示经常发生的动作、习惯性行为, 表示现状、特征或真理、永恒的客观事实. 一般现在时常用下列副词或短语来作时间状语：always, often, never, seldom, usually, once a week, now等.
He often visits his teachers.
他经常去拜访他的老师. It seldom snows here.这地方很少下雪.
Action speaks louder than words.事实胜于雄辩.
The earth moves around the sun.地球围绕着太阳转.
2. 用于时间、条件、让步、方式状语从句中表示将要发生的动作, 其主句用一般将来时. I will tell you when he comes.他来时我会告诉你的.
Though the task is very hard, we will not give it up.
尽管任务很艰巨, 可是我们是不会放弃的.
3. 表示一个按计划或安排将要发生的动作, 或者表示根据时间的安排将要出现的状态. 通常用的动词有begin, come, leave, go, arrive, start, stop, return, open, close等.
The meeting begins at six.会议6点钟开始.
The train arrives at the station at 5 in the morning.
火车将在早晨5点钟进站.
【助记】
一般现在时可表示永恒的真理或客观存在的事实, 也可表示现在习惯性动作, 还可表示现在瞬间发生的事.
二、现在进行时
【助记】
1. 表示现在或现阶段正在进行的动作. 与这种时态连用的时间状语常有now, these days, recently, this week等.
Listen, someone is crying.听, 有人在哭.
What are you doing these days？你最近在忙些什么？
2. 表示含有某种感彩. How are you feeling today?
你今天感觉怎样？(显得亲切)
He is doing well in his lessons.
他的功课很好. (赞扬)
3. 动词go, come, leave, arrive等表将要发生的动作.
They are leaving for Shanghai.
他们要去上海了. Are you meeting him when you arrive there?
你到那儿时要跟他见面吗？
4. 与always, all the time, forever连用, 表示频繁发生的动作, 相当于“老是……”, 表示说话人某种赞赏或厌恶的感情.
He is always helping others.
他总是帮助别人.
The girl is always getting up late.
这女孩老是起晚.
三、现在完成时
【助记】 表示发生在过去但对现在有影响或持续到现在, 可能刚停止, 也可能还在进行的动作.
1. 表示动作从过去开始, 持续到现在, 还有可能持续下去. 与这一时态连用的时间状语有:
already, yet, just, ever, never, by now, so far, recently, since, for短语以及连词since引导的时间状语从句.
We have lived here since 2001.
我们从2001年就住在这儿. Great changes have taken place in our city in the past few years.
最近几年我们的城市有了很大变化.
2. 到现在为止这一时期中发生的动作或情况, 即多次动作的总和.
We have learnt four English songs this month.
这一个月我们学会了四首英文歌曲. How many times have you read the novel?
这本小说你读了几遍？
3. 表示对现在有影响的、某个已经发生的动作.
The delegation has left.
代表团已经走了. (说明现在不在这里)
4. 表示短暂性动作的瞬间动词在完成时中不与表示时间段的状语或疑问词连用. 这样的动词有finish, marry, come, go, leave, get up, buy, fall, join, begin等.
He has left.他已经走了.
【提示】 since的用法点金
(1)since＋过去一个时间点(如具体的年、
月、日期、钟点、1980, last month, half past six). I have been here since 1989.我自从1989年就在这里了.
(2)since＋一段时间＋ago
I have been here since five months ago.
我从五个月以前就在这里了.
(3)since＋从句
Great changes have taken place since you left
自从你离开后发生了巨大的变化. (4)It is＋一段时间＋since从句
It is two years since I became a postgraduate student.
我成为一名研究生已经两年了.
(5)若since引导的状语从句的谓语动词是终止性动词的过去时, 则从句表示的时间是“从动作开始的那一时刻起”, 这是最常见的一种用法. He has studied very hard since he came to our school.
自从他来到我们学校, 学习就非常努力.
(6)若since引导的状语从句的谓语动词是持续性动词或表示状态的动词的过去时, 则从句表示的时间是“从那个持续动作或状态结束时算起”. John is now with his parents in New York; it is already three years since he was a teacher.
约翰现在和父母一起住在纽约, 他不当老师已经三年了.
四、一般将来时
【助记】
表示将要发生的动作或情况, 主要从时间的角度表示将要发生的动作或情况. 与这个时态连用的时间状语有tonight, tomorrow, the day after tomorrow, next week, in three hours, two days later等.
He will have a bike of his own next week.
他下周就会有自己的自行车.
I think they will help you if you tell them.
我认为只要你告诉他们, 他们会帮助你的.
【归纳】 其他表示将来的用法：
(1)be going to结构：①表示打算或准备做某事. ②表示有发生某事的预兆. They are going to have a competition with us.
他们打算跟我们来一场比赛.
It is going to rain.天要下雨了.
(2)be about to do sth.结构：意为“刚要做某事”、“马上要做某事”, 强调时间之紧迫性, 不与具体时间状语连用, 常与when一起连用. We are about to discuss this problem.
我们将马上讨论这个问题.
I was about to go out when the telephone rang.
我正打算要出去, 这时候电话响了.
(3)be to do sth.结构：表示按计划、安排、规定将实施某事或表示注定会发生某事. All these things are to be answered.
所有这些事情都要得到答复.
We are to meet at the school gate at six in the morning.
我们定于早晨6点在学校门口碰头.
(4)come, go, leave, arrive, start等词也可以用一般现在时和现在进行时表示将来.
The party starts at eight o’clock.
聚会将在8点钟开始.
Ⅰ.用since和for完成下面的对话
M：Henry and Kate have been married ________1962.
F：They have been married _____a long time
M：Henry and Kate have lived in Seattle ________1965.
F: They have lived in Seattle ____a long time.sinceforsinceforM：Henry has worked as a fireman ________1970.
F：He has worked as a fireman ________many years.
Ⅱ.用动词的适当形式填空
1. —Where is mother?
—She is in the kitchen.She _______________
(do) the housework all the morning.sinceforhas been doing2. If it ________ (rain) tomorrow, I’ll stay at home without going out.
3. Mr.Smith as well as his wife and daughter, ____________ (be) their school twice.
4. This tower ________ (date) back to 1860s and it is still in good condition.
5. —Hi, George, can I use your car for a while tonight?rainshas been todates—Sorry.It __________________ (repair).
6. —I saw Tom drinking alone just now.
—But as far as I know, he _________(drink) little.
7. The 30th Olympic Games ___________ (hold) in London in 2012.
8. Tom, as well as Jane and Rose, ______(be) going to the farm on foot.is being repaired drinkswill be heldis9. After leaving college, Mike was employed in an international company and ________________(work) there ever since.
10. Thirty thousand yuan as well as hundreds of tons of food ____________________(offer) to the flooded area in the last few days.
has workedhas been offeredⅢ.单项填空
1. (2011·高考课标全国卷)Planning so far ahead ________ no sense—so many things will have changed by next year.
A. Made B. is making
C. makes D. has made解析：选C. 本题考查时态. 句意：这么早做计划没有什么意义——到明年很多事情就会变了. 一般现在时指经常发生的事或存在的状态, 由译文可知本句表达目前的状况, 符合一般现在时的概念, 故答案为C项.
2. (2011·高考天津卷)In the last few years thousands of films ________ all over the world.
have produced
B. have been produced
C. are producing
D. are being produced解析：选B. 句意：在过去的几年里, 全世界已经制作了几千部电影. in the last/past few years (在过去的几年里)通常与现在完成时连用; 另外, 根据句意及句子结构可知：此句为被动含义, 所以用现在完成时态的被动语态形式.
3. (2011·高考江苏卷)—I hear you _______
in a pub.What’s it like?
—Well, it’s very hard work and I’m always tired, but I don’t mind.
A. are working B. will work
C. were working D. will be working解析：选A. 本题考查动词时态. 句意：——我听说你在酒吧工作, 这份工作怎么样？——哦, 很辛苦, 我总是觉得累, 但我不介意. 由I’m always tired, but I don’t mind可知现在还在做这份工作, 故排除B、C、D三项. 选择A项. 4. The vegetable looking fresh in his field _______well.It’s often sold out the minute it appears in the market.
A. has sold B. has been sold
C. is sold D. sells
解析：选D. 考查时态语态. sell well意为“销路好”. 表示通常情况, 应用一般现在时. 5. —What is the price of petrol these days?
—Oh, it ________sharply since last month.
A. is raised B. has risen
C. has arisen D. is increased
解析：选B. 考查现在完成时. 句意：——近来石油价格如何？——哦, 自上月以来油价猛涨. 由句中since可知, 主句应用现在完成时. 表示物价, 河水上升用rise, 而arise表示出现, 发生; increase增加. 故选B.
6. (2012·南阳高二检测)—Look! How long ________like this?
—Three weeks！It’s usual here that rain _____without stopping these days of the year
A. has it rained; pours
B. has it been raining; pours
C. is it raining; is pouring
D. does it rain; pours解析：选B. 句意：——看！雨像这个样子下了多长时间了？ ——三周了！每年的这些日子这里连续不断地下雨是很平常的. 第一个空是指从过去到现在一直在持续进行的动作, 应用现在完成进行时; 第二个空是指客观事实, 应用一般现在时.
7. —Ann is in hospital.
—Oh, really？I ________know.I ________go and visit her.
A. didn’t; am going to B. don’t; would
C. don’t; will D. didn’t; will
解析：选D. 句意：“安住院了. ”“真的
吗？我还不知道呢, 我要去看看她. ”“不知道安住院”是说话之前的事, 故第一空用一般过去时; “要去看安”是临时决定将要做的事, 故用will do表示一般将来时.
8. —Is everyone here?
—Not yet...Look, there ________the rest of our guests!
A. come B. comes
C. is coming D. are coming解析：选A. 考查倒装语序和时态. 当表示方位的副词there, here, away, out, in, down, up等位于句首, 谓语是不及物动词sit, lie, live, stand, run, come, go等, 主语又是名词时, 常用完全倒装的形式. 由于该句主语the rest指代guests是复数, 所以应选A项.
9. (2012·泰安高二检测)—What’s the noise?
—Oh, I forget to tell you.The new machine ________.
A. was tested B. will be tested
C. is being tested D. has been tested
解析：选C. 句意：——什么声音？——哦,
我忘了告诉你了. 正在检测新机器. 谓语动词是正在进行的动作, 且与主语之间是被动关
系, 故用现在进行时的被动语态. 10. (2012·福州三中月考)—Do you think we should accept that offer?
—Yes, we should, for we ________such bad luck up till now, and time _______out.
have had; is running
B. had; is running
C. have; has been run
D. have had; has been run解析：选A. 考查动词时态. 第一空由up till now可知用现在完成时; 第二空用进行时表将来时.
应用文写作：建议信
写作要求
假定你是李华, 你的英国朋友Peter来信向你咨询如何才能学好中文. 请你根据下列要点写一封回信. 要点：1.参加中文学习班;
2. 看中文书刊、电视;
3. 学唱中文歌曲;
4. 交中国朋友;
注意：1.词数100左右;
2. 可适当增加细节, 以使行文连贯.
______________________________________________________________________________
审题谋篇
词汇突破
ask for one’s advice ongive you some advice onhow to learn Chinese welltakelearn from newspapers and magazineswatchchinese songsmake写作要点
1. 在信中你问我如何学好中文.
In your letter _________________________ how to learn Chinese well.
2. 我给你一些如何学好中文的建议.
____________________________how to learn Chinese well.you asked for my advice onI give you some advice on3. 我建议你去上中文课. ____________that you should take a Chinese course.
4. 你应该尽可能多地阅读中文书籍、杂志和报纸, 这样可以多记住一些中文单词.
You should read Chinese books, magazines and newspapers ______________________,
so you can remember more Chinese words.I suggestwhenever possible5. 学唱中文歌曲也是个好办法.
___________________________ learn and sing Chinese songs.
6. 下次试着用汉语给我写信.
Try and ______________ in Chinese next time.
It should be a good idea to write to me佳作欣赏
June 8,2011
Dear Peter,
I’m glad to receive your letter ①asking for my advice on how ②to learn Chinese well.
Here are a few suggestions.③First, ④it is important to take a Chinese course, ⑤as you’ll be able to learn from the teacher and practice with your fellow students.⑥Then, ④it also helps to watch TV and read books, newspapers and magazines in Chinese whenever possible.
⑦Besides, ④it should be a good idea to learn and sing Chinese songs, ⑧because by ① doing so you’ll learn and remember Chinese words more easily.You can also make more Chinese friends.They will tell you a lot about China and help you learn Chinese.
Try and write to me in Chinese next time.
Best wishes.
Yours,
Li Hua
名师点津 【美文点津】
亮点一：运用了①动词-ing、②疑问词的不定式作宾语使句子结构复杂多样.
亮点二：③first, ⑥then, ⑦besides等关联词运用得当, 使前后衔接自然.
亮点三：三处④it代替不定式作形式主语.
亮点四：⑤as和⑧because引导的原因状语从句, 使用得当.
【类文点津】
1. 建议信的结构
建议信一般采取“三段式结构”, 通常以firstly, secondly, thirdly或to begin/start with, then, later, last but not least等依次陈述建议.
首段：针对对方对自己的信任简单表示感谢, 亦可表明自己的诚意. 中段：围绕对方的困惑、烦恼等问题, 结构清晰、用语科学委婉地提出建议方法. 注意充分考虑到对方的实际问题, 表达时要选择得体用语. 切忌用语生硬牵强, 泛泛而谈.
尾段：简单寄予希望. 希望自己的建议能对对方有所帮助.
2. 常用表达
建议信开头常用句式：
I am writing to express my views about...
You have asked me for my advice on...and I will try to make some suggestions.
Thanks for trusting me.It’s my pleasure to give you the suggestions.表达建议常用句式：
I would like to suggest that...
You’d better.../It’s better to...
As far as I am concerned.../In my opinion...
For one thing..., for another...
The first place...Secondly, ...Last but not least...
建议信结尾常用句式：
These are only my personal suggestions.I hope you will find them useful/helpful.
I would be ready to discuss this matter with you in further detail.
I’m willing to discuss this matter with you whenever you need help.
I’m looking forward to your reply.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件20张PPT。单元盘点Module 1 British and American EnglishThe ①_____________, who study linguistics, say American English has a lot ②______________with British English.That is, the former is similar to the latter.But in fact they differ in many ways.First, they have differences in vocabulary.For example, people get around in London bylinguistsin common ③________________, while in New York by subway.Another example is that queuing up in British English means standing in line in American English.Besides, the same word has a slightly different meaning, which can be confusing.Second, the differences between them exist in grammar and ④_______________.undergroundprepositionsAmericans use in the team, while the British use on the team.Sometimes Americans omit the preposition.Third, there are also differences between the two varieties in spelling and pronunciation.Compared with British English’s spelling, American
English’s spelling seems ⑤___________.The work of Noah Webster made a difference,simpler leading to this variation.Noah simplified some words’ spelling and made them have a ⑥_____________American look.He wrote a dictionary, introducing lots of new American words, pronunciation, use and new spelling.Although British ⑦___________ it
and weren’t in favour of these changes,distinctivecriticised it rapidly became popular among Americans thanks to Noah’s attempt.The dictionary became a standard reference book in the USA.
As for the ⑧_______ and pronunciation, they also have obvious differences.As a result, they have some difficulty in understanding each other.But thanks to ⑨__________ TV and the Internet, accentsatellitewe can hear the two Englishes at the flick of a switch.Now English has been referred to as a world language.People ⑩___________ their opinions or plans or remark on something in English.Now there’re many Englishes in the world.
present语言学家, 即研究语言学的人说
美国英语和英国英语有很多
共同特点. 也就是说, 前者与
后者很相似. 但事实上他们
在许多方面不同. 首先, 两者在词汇方面不同. 比如, 人们乘地铁(underground)在伦敦四处走动, 而在纽约人们乘地铁(subway)走动. 另一个例子是在英国英语里排队用queue up, 而在美国英语里排队用stand in line. 而且, 同一个单词在意思上也有稍微不同, 这可能令人感到困惑. 第二, 两者之间的不同还存在于语法和介词中. 美国人用 in the team, 而英国
人用 on the team. 有时候, 美国人还省去介
词. 第三, 这两个不同种类在拼写和读音上也有所不同. 与英国英语拼写相比, 美国英语的拼写似乎更简单. 诺亚·韦伯斯特的工作产生了很大影响, 导致了这种变化. 诺亚简化了一些单词的拼写, 使它们有明显的美国面貌. 他写了一本词典, 引进了很多新的美国单词、读音、用法以及新的拼写. 尽管英国人批评这本词典, 不支持这些变化, 多亏了诺亚的努力, 它很快在美国人中流行起来. 这本词典已成了美国的一本标准的参考书. 至于口音和读音, 这两种英语之间有明显的差异, 因此他们在互相理解上有困难. 但多亏了卫星电视和网络, 在开关的轻弹之间, 我们能听到两种英语. 现在英语已被称为一种世界语言. 人们用英语陈述自己的观点、计划或评论某事. 现在, 世界上已经有很多种英语了.
链接一 have difficulty (in) doing sth.
(教材原句P2)A Londoner has more difficulty understanding a Scotsman from Glasgow than understanding a New Yorker. 伦敦人要听懂来自格拉斯哥的苏格兰人说话比听懂纽约人说话更难. [高考例证]
(2010·高考上海卷)I had great difficulty ________ the suitable food on the menu in that restaurant.
A. Find B. found
C. to find D. finding
选D. have difficulty (in) doing sth.为固定词组, 意为“做某事有困难”.
链接二 in favour of
(教材原句P8)Now add some more ideas in favour of your chosen variety.
现在补充几点支持自己选择的理由.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考湖北卷)When asked about their opinions about the schoolmaster, many teachers would prefer to see him step aside ________younger men.
A. in terms of B. in need of
C. in favor of D. in praise of
选C. 考查介词短语辨析. 句意：在被问到他们对校长的看法时, 很多老师说他们更愿看到他让贤于更年轻的人. 句中的step aside表示“让位, 让开”, 后面接介词短语in favor of表示这些老师更赞成起用更年轻的人. 其他介词短语的主要含义：A：就……而言; B：需
要; D：表扬, 称赞. 链接三 a和the
(教材原句P9)For Americans things are a little bit easier, thanks to the work of Noah Webster, a teacher who graduated from Yale University in 1778.
对美国人来说, 事情(单词拼写)稍微好办些, 这多亏了一位叫诺亚·韦伯斯特的人. 他是一名教师, 1778年毕业于耶鲁大学.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考四川卷)Dr.Peter Spence, ________headmaster of the school, told us, “________ fifth of pupils here go on to study at Oxford and Cambridge.”
A. /; A B. /; The
C. the; The D. a; A
选A. 句意：这所学校的校长Peter Spence博士告诉我们：“这里的学生五分之一都继续到牛津或者剑桥学习. ”考查冠词. 第一空后的名词headmaster是职务的称呼, 其前不加冠词; 第二空是分数的表达, 用a/one fifth表示“五分之一”.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件11张PPT。Module 1 British and American English教材背景链接
英语真正成为英国人的语言, 至今只有几百年的历史. 我们所知道的英语, 大约产生于公元1400年, 由英国南部的盎格鲁撒克逊方言(Anglo-Saxon dialects)发展而来.
People from Britain and Ireland first came to live in Australia in 1788.They brought many different kinds of English with them.These different kinds of English began to mix and change.The new comers soon began to speak with their own distinctive accent and vocabulary.More and more people came to Australia in the 19th and 20th centuries.
Many people came looking for gold.Some came from Britain and Ireland.Others came from non-English speaking countries.Australian English continued to grow and change.
Australian English has also been influenced by American English.During the Second World War there were many American soldiers staying in Australia.American television shows and music have been popular in Australia since the 1950s.The Australian and New Zealand accents are very similar.The Australian accent is also similar to accents from the South-east of Britain.
Australians use many words that other English speakers do not use.The famous Australian greeting, for example, is G’ day.A native forest is called the bush and central Australia is called the outback.
Many words were brought to Australia from Britain and Ireland.For example, “mate” meaning “friend” which is still used in Britain.Some of these words have changed in meaning.A few words come from Australian aboriginal (土著的) languages.These are mainly names for animals, plants and places.Two examples are “dingo” and “kangaroo”. Sometimes Australians do not know where a word comes from.For example, dinkum or fair dinkum means “true”, “Is that true”, “This is the truth”. Some people say the word comes from Chinese while others say the word comes from England.Nobody really knows where the word is from.
新课导入
英语是源于英国的语言, 它不只是英国本国的语言, 也是各个英语系国家的语言. 如今, 英语已经变成一种世界性的语言. 理所当然地, 它成为了各个不同的国家和民族之间共同通用的语言及沟通的工具. 有的人喜欢英式英语, 觉得它文雅; 有的人喜欢美式英语, 觉得它时尚. 不管怎么样, 大家只要记住一点, 无论我们更偏爱哪种英语, 只要把它学好了, 便可以和所有会说英语的人交流, 这个是不会改变的. 美国人只会美音, 英国人只会英音, 中国人, 应该两个都学会, 玩遍两个世界.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件24张PPT。Module 2
A Job Worth DoingModule 2 A Job Worth DoingSection Ⅰ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Warming Up
?Step One：Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1. ________________(adj.) 令人满意的
2._________ (adj.) 充满压力的; 紧张的
3. _______________(n.) 志愿者 v. 自愿
4. ___________(vt.) 遵守; 尊敬 n. 尊敬
5. ___________(vt.) 指挥satisfying stressful volunteer respectdirect6. encounter (n.& vt.)_______________
7. profound (adj.)___________________
8. qualified (adj.)___________________
Ⅱ.重点短语
1. _____particular 尤其, 特别
2.______ average 平均
3. come ________掉离, 脱离
4. _____theory 理论上; 从理论上来说邂逅, 相遇深刻的, 极大的合格的; 称职的in on offin5. ______practice 实际上; 在实践中
6. have an effect __________对……产生影响
7. take _______从事, 占据(时间、空间); 占好位置以备……
8. pass _______路过; 经过; 忽略
9. take...______ granted 认为……理所当然
in on up byfor ?Step Two：Fast Reading
Ⅰ.Read the text and find answers to the following questions.
La Paz, in Bolivia is the highest capital in the world.For some reasons traffic accidents are frequent.But thanks to Timoteo Apaza, the death toll has fallen.To know more about the man, read the text and then find answers to the following questions.1. Why are there so many accidents on the world’s most dangerous road?
______________________________________
______________________________________
2.Being a human traffic signal, what does he do to direct the traffic?
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Because the condition of the road is bad and few drivers respect the traffic rules.He stands on the bend holding a large board to direct the traffic when two vehicles approach from the opposite directions.Ⅱ.Scan the text and then choose the best answers according to the text.( )
1. Which is NOT true according to the text?
A. Many roads in La Paz are in bad condition.
B. There were many accidents in La Paz before.DC. In practice, many drivers do not respect the rules.
D. In theory the road can be used by traffic all the day.
2. Which is TRUE about the particularly dangerous thing according to Passage 1?( )
A. There is one vehicle falling from the road every three weeks.DB. Most of the drivers on the road respect the rules.
C. The road going south from the capital is particularly dangerous.
D. It runs north from the capital, La Paz.
3. Why has the death toll fallen according to Passage 2?( )AA. Because Timoteo works as a traffic signal to direct the traffic for free.
B. Because more drivers start obeying the rules when seeing Timoteo work as a traffic signal.
C. Because they have made some changes to the bend to make it less dangerous.
D. Because Timoteo’s effort finally affected the drivers on the road.
4. Why does Timoteo do the job?( )
A. Because he feels it his duty to help those who are facing difficulties.
B. Because he has no other skills and is not qualified to do anything else.
C. Because he is fond of being a human traffic signal.AD. Because he has to do this job as the local government requires him to.
5. We can see from the last passage that ______.( )
A. Timoteo has formed the habit of changing jobs frequently
B. Timoteo once narrowly escaped from death when driving a lorry load of bananasBC. Timoteo dislikes being asked to pull people out of the bus in the deep night
D. he was encouraged by the drivers and as a result he started to take up the mission
?Step Three：Careful Reading
Ⅰ.Listen to the tape and answer the following questions.
1. What do drivers do when they pass by him?
______________________________________
______________________________________
2. Why does he choose this job?
______________________________________
______________________________________
_________________________________________________________Some drivers give him a tip, but most of them take it for granted.Because he encountered with death once and he realized that he was lucky to survive.He felt that it was hi mission in life to help others.Ⅱ.Read the text and fill in the blanks.
dangerous survivetheoryrespectsignalbendvolunteerencounter called out effect?Step Four：Consolidation
At high altitude, roads can be in bad condition and 1.________________ in big mountains.Let me tell you something about one road in La Paz, which is at 3,500 meters in Bolivia.The most dangerous thing is that there is a bend where two vehicles from 2.
__________ directions can’t see each other.dangerousoppositeBut 3.________ to Timoteo, the death toll has 4.________.Every morning, he climbs up to the bend 5.________ a large board, which is red on one side and green on the 6._______.
When vehicles come, he shows the drivers the board.How much money does he receive from doing it？Nearly nothing.Actually, he is a 7._________.Only a few drivers give him tips, thanksfallenwithothervolunteerwhich helps him to live on.Most of them just 8.________ by, taking the human traffic signal for 9.___________.But he thinks it is his 10.________________ to help others.
pass grantedmission/duty?Step Five：Discussion
What do you think of Timoteo Apaza? What would you do if you were in such a situation?
cue words：kind, warm-hearted, respect, follow
______________________________________
______________________________________?
He is a kind man worthy of respect and I will follow his example in such a situation.本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件90张PPT。Section Ⅱ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Language Study1. satisfying adj.令人满意的, 使人满足的归纳拓展①When he saw his son’s satisfying work, a satisfied smile appeared on his face.当他看见儿子那令人满意的工作时, 脸上露出了满足的笑容.
②What satisfying and exciting news from the sports meet!
从运动会上传来了令人满意和振奋的消息！
③I am satisfied with the result.我对那个结果感到满意.
【提示】 satisfying与satisfied这两类词都是由动词转化而来的, 其中, -ing形式的形容词, 表示主语或所修饰的名词本身所具有的特征, 意为：“令人……的”; -ed形式的形容词, 表示的是主语或所修饰名词对外界的感受, 意为：“感到……的”, 有时用来修饰表示人或动物的声音或面部表情的名词;
a satisfied smile满意的微笑, a satisfied look满意的表情.
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)令他满意的是, 他儿子在英语方面取得了快速的进步.
____________________, his son made rapid progress in English.To his satisfaction(2)和你们一起劳动是我们感到满意的一项
活动.
Working with you was our most ____________ activity.
1－2单项填空
What you have done ________ the teachers very much.They were very __________with you.satisfyingA. satisfying; satisfying
B. satisfying; satisfied
C. satisfied; satisfying
D. satisfied; satisfied
解析：选D. 分析句子成分可知第一个空格
处应是谓语动词, 排除A、B两项; 第二个空格后面有with, 构成be satisfied with.
2. offer vi.& vt.(主动)提出(愿意做某事);
提供; 出价; 试图
n. 提议; 出价
(教材原句)This person has offered to do a job—and may not be paid for doing it. 这个人主动地去做一份工作——而且, 可能不要报酬.
归纳拓展
①Tired as he was, he offered to carry the child.
尽管他很累, 他还是提出要抱孩子.
②They offered me a better position.
他们给了我一个更好的位置.
③I offered him 1,000 pounds for the house.
＝I made him an offer of 1,000 pounds for the house.
我提出愿以一千英镑买他那所房子.
[易混辨析] offer, provide, supply
助记④Nowadays, the government provides free textbooks for elementary and junior high school students.
目前, 政府向小学生和初中生免费提供课本.
⑤The electricity company supplies electricity to houses.
电力公司向各家供应电力.
巧学活用
2－1完成句子
(1)泰勒愿出500美元雇他做这份工作.
Taylor ________ him 500 dollars ________ the work.
(2)本旅馆提供优良的家庭服务设施.
The hotel______________excellent facilities ________families.offeredto doprovidesfor(3)孩子们主动提出刷盘子.
The children _________________ the dishes.
(4)他向我出价1 000美元买那架钢琴.
He __________ me D|S1,000 ________ the piano.offer to do/cleanofferedfor2－2单项填空
—Do you have any problems if you ________this job?
—Well, I’m thinking about the salary...
A. offer
B. will offer
C. are offered
D. will be offered解析：选C. 句意：——若提供给你这项工
作, 你有问题吗？
——我正考虑薪酬问题……. if引导的条件
状语从句中常用一般现在时表将来, 且you
与offer之间构成动宾关系, 故选C.
3. signal n. 信号, 暗号, 手势
(教材原句)The Human Traffic Signal 人体交通标志
归纳拓展
①At an agreed signal, they left the room.
一收到约定信号, 他们就离开了房间. ②The heavy drought in China is a signal that we should do something to protect the environment.
发生在中国的严重干旱表明：我们应该行动起来保护环境了.
③He signaled (to) the band to start playing.
他向乐队示意开始演奏.
助记
④When I give the signal, run!
我一发信号, 你就跑！
巧学活用
3－1完成句子
(1)我按报时信号校正我的表.
I corrected my watch by the time ________.
(2)前方有一标语, 写着“学校, 慢行”.
There is a ________, which says “School—Go slow”. signalsign(3)请在有问题的地方做个记号.
Please make a ________where you have questions.
3－2翻译句子
She signaled the car to stop by raising her hand.
_________________________________
mark她举手示意车停下. 4. on average 平均起来, 一般说来
(教材原句)Although there is not a lot of traffic, on average, one vehicle comes off the road every two weeks. 尽管交通量不大, 但平均每两周就有一辆车驶出公路.
归纳拓展
average不同词性及短语
(1)n.平均(数); 平均标准, 一般水平
an average of...平均……
above/below average高于/低于平均水平
(2)adj.平均的; 平常的
(3)v.平均为……, 计算……的平均数
average out得出……的平均数
①London has on average 7.6 hours of sunshine per day during May.
伦敦五月份每天平均有7.6小时日照时间.
②These marks are well above the average.这些分数远在一般水平以上.
③Meals at school average out at about 10 yuan per day.
在学校伙食平均每天大概10元.
巧学活用
4－1完成句子
(1)哈利的功课在中等以下, 吉姆的功课刚到达一般水平.
Harry is ___________________ in his lessons and Jim is about _____________________.
(2)他只是一个普通的学生.
He is just ________________________.below the averageup to the averagean average student4－2翻译句子
(1)这个男孩平均每天上网3个小时.
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
(2)The rainfall there averages 300 mm a year.
______________________________________
The boy spends three hours online on average every day.那儿的年降雨量平均每年为三百毫米. 5. respect vt.遵守; 尊重 n. 方面; 敬意,
问候
(教材原句)But in practice, few drivers respect the rules.
但实际上, 几乎没有司机遵守这些规则.
归纳拓展
(1)be highly respected受到敬重
respect sb./sth.(for sth.)(就……而)尊重某人/某物
(2)show/have respect for sb.＝respect sb.尊敬某人
give/send my respects to sb.请代我向某人问好/致意in respect of关于; 就……来说
in all respects无论从哪方面来看
(3)respectable adj.值得尊敬的, 可敬的
respectful adj.表示敬意的, 尊重的
助记①If you don’t respect yourself, how can you expect others to respect you?
自己不自重, 又怎能受到别人尊敬呢？
②The students have great respect for their history teacher.
学生们非常尊敬他们的历史老师.
③Please give my respects to your parents.请代我向你父母问好. ④The teacher is respectable to his students, so the students are respectful to the teacher.这位教师值得学生们尊敬, 所以学生们都很尊敬这位老师.
巧学活用
5－1完成句子
吉姆在各方面都像他父亲.
Jim is similar to his father ______________.
5－2翻译句子
Everyone should respect the traffic rules.
__________________________________
in all respects每个人都应遵守交通规则.6. direct vt.指挥, 指引; 导演
adj.径直的, 一直的, 直接的, 直率的; 直截了当的 adv.直接地; 一直
(教材原句)Timoteo stands on the bend and directs the traffic.
铁穆特欧站在弯道处指挥交通.
归纳拓展
助记
①The officer directed his men to advance slowly.军官命令部下缓慢前进.
②Who directed the film If You Are the One 2?
谁导演的电影《非诚勿扰2》？
③He took a direct flight to New York.他直飞纽约.
④He ran in the direction of that village.
他朝着那个村庄的方向跑去.
[易混辨析] direct, directly
⑤The next flight does not go direct to America; it goes by way of Japan.
下一个航班不直飞美国, 而是取道日本.
⑥He left directly after the meeting was over.
会刚一开完, 他就离开了.
巧学活用
6－1用direct的适当形式填空
(1)He ____________ the building of the new bridge last week.
(2)He answered me very ________ and openly.
(3)I will telephone you ________ I hear the news.directed directlydirectly(4)Some people don’t like him because of his ________way of speaking.
7. take...for granted 认为……理所当然
(教材原句)But often they just pass by, taking the human traffic signal for granted.但是在大多数情况下, 司机们开着车就过去了, 把人体交通标志看作是理所当然的事情.
direct归纳拓展
take sth.seriously严肃对待某事, 认真地对待某事
take...as/to be...认为……是……
take...for...把……当作……(大都表示“把……误认为……”)
take things easy放松一下, 别紧张; 沉住气,
别着急take the trouble不辞劳苦, 不怕费事, 尽力设法
take the lead领先, 带头, 走在前面
take one’s time慢慢来
①Her husband was always there, which she just took for granted.
她丈夫随时都出现在身边, 她只是认为他理应如此. ②Don’t take it for granted that you can’t learn English well, why not?
你不要想当然地认为你不能学好英语, 为什么就学不好呢？
③I’m afraid you’ll have to take the trouble of going there to see about it.
这事恐怕还得辛苦您一趟.
巧学活用 7－1完成句子
(1)Losing my job taught me never to ________________________ (认为什么事都是理所当然的).
(2)他认为他妈妈为他做的一切都是理所当
然的.
He takes _____________ his mother does for him for granted.take anything for grantedeverything7－2单项填空
Don’t take _________________for granted _____________everyone should adore you.
A. that; what B. that; which
C. it; what D. it; that
解析：选D. it 作形式宾语, 代替that 引导的宾语从句. 句意为“不要想当然地认为人人都该崇拜你”.
8. encounter vt.& n. 遇到, 遭遇; 邂逅
(教材原句)Then one day while he was working as a lorry driver he had a close encounter with death. 他当卡车司机的时
候, 有一次他和死神打了个照面.
归纳拓展
①I encountered great difficulties in learning English grammar.
我在学习英语语法时遇到了很大困难.
②She encountered an old friend on the road.她在路上偶然碰到一位老朋友.
③In the busy streets, I also have a chance encounter with him.
巧学活用
8－1完成句子
(1)我好几次都险些与技术不佳的司机相撞.
I’ve had a number of ________________________ bad drivers.
(2)她是我所见到过的最出色的女性.
She was the most remarkable woman I ________________________.
close encounters withhad ever encountered9. have an effect on 对……有影响
(教材原句)This last experience had a profound effect on Timoteo.
最后的这次经历对铁穆特欧产生了重大的影响.
归纳拓展
have no/little/much/great effect on对……没有/几乎没有/有很大/有重大的影响
bring/carry/put sth.into effect实行, 实施
come into effect实行, 实施
take effect生效; 奏效
with effect有效
①Foreign food and climates can have an effect on your health.
异国的食品和气候可能会对你的健康产生影响.
②These suggestions were adopted and put into effect.
这些建议得到了采纳, 并付诸实践.
[易混辨析] affect, effect, influence
③Moving to another city can affect both your salary level and your cost of living.搬到另一个城市不仅会影响你的薪资水平, 也会影响你的生活消费水平.
④Some TV programs have a bad effect on children.
有些电视节目对孩子有不良影响. ⑤His parents no longer have any real influence over him.
他的父母对他不再有任何真正的约束力了.
巧学活用 9－1用effect, affect, influence的适当形式填空
(1)What parents do and say ____________ the children deeply.
(2)The policies in controlling the house prices have ___________ a little change to our life.
(3)The long drought has _____________ the wheat growth. influenceseffected affected9－2完成句子
(1)惩罚对他没有什么效果.
Punishment ________________ on him.
(2)我们学校将实施新的规定.
Our school will ________________ the new rules ________________.
(3)新的税率从4月起生效. The new tax rates ________________from April.had little effectput/carry/bringinto effectcome into effect10. take up 占好位置以备……; 开始从事; 把……继续下去; 着手处理; 占去
(教材原句)And so every morning, week in, week out, from dawn to dusk, Timoteo takes up his place on the bend and directs the traffic.于是每天早上, 铁穆特欧都来到弯道处站好自己的位置, 开始指挥来往的车辆, 从拂晓到黄昏, 一周又一周.
归纳拓展
①The teacher took up his place on the platform and began his lesson.
老师在讲台上站好开始上课.
②When did he take up football?
他是什么时候开始踢足球的？
③She took up the story where John had not finished.
她接着讲约翰未讲完的故事. ④That big table takes up too much room.
那张大桌子占的地方太大了.
巧学活用
10－1根据句意选用take短语的正确形式填空
(1)She finally ___________ her words.
(2)I put the telephone down and __________ my work again.
(3)He speaks German so well that he’s often ___________ a native.took backtook uptaken for10－2翻译句子
(1)Writing the paper took up most of the weekend.
____________________________________
(2)After 2010, Shanghai began to take on a new look.
_____________________________________
写那篇论文占去了周末的大半时间.2010年之后, 上海开始呈现出新的面貌. 1. (教材原句)Although there is not a lot of traffic, on average, one vehicle comes off the road every two weeks. 尽管交通量不大, 但平均每两周就有一辆车驶出公路.
[句法分析] 本句为主从复合句, although引导让步状语从句, 不与but连用, 但可与yet, still连用. ①Although there is much difficulty in learning English, I will not give up.
尽管学英语有很多困难, 但我不会放弃.
归纳拓展
as, though, while都可引导让步状语从句
(1)as引导让步状语从句, 从句须倒装.
(2)though引导让步状语从句. 可与even连用, 即even though, 从句不再倒装.
(3)while引导让步状语从句, 相当于although, 意为“尽管, 虽然”, 不倒装, 且位于句首.
②Young as he is, he knows a lot.他虽年轻, 但他知道得很多.
③While he was ill, he went there.虽然他病了, 但他还是去了那里.
【提示】 有些介词或短语如：despite, in spite of也可表达“尽管”之意, 但它们后面只跟名词或代词, 不跟状语从句. ④Despite the bad weather, the mother insisted on sending her sick son to the nearby hospital.尽管天气恶劣, 母亲仍坚持将生病的儿子送往附近的医院.
⑤In spite of his age, he still leads an active life.
尽管年事已高, 他依旧过着一种忙碌的生活.
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)_________________________(尽管)he had got a bad cold, the boy didn’t want to give up the match.
(2)______________________ (尽管受伤) she was, Huang Yinyao insisted on finishing the bicycle race.Although/Though/While Injured as/though1－2单项填空
________ the bad weather, we enjoyed our holiday.
A. Although B. In spite of
C. Though D. As解析：选B. 考查状语从句. 句意：尽管天气不好, 但我们玩得很高兴. although引导让步状语从句, 题中不是从句而是一个名词, 故应用介词短语作状语. in spite of尽管, 为介词短语. 故B正确.
2. (教材原句)Every morning he climbs up
to the bend with a large circular board in his hand. 每天早晨, 他手里都拿着一个大圆板爬上弯道.
[句法分析] 本句中使用了“with＋宾语＋宾语补足语”复合结构作状语, 可用介词短语、形容词、副词、不定式、现在分词或过去分词作宾语补足语. ①The boy always sleeps with his head on the arm.
这个孩子总是头枕着胳膊睡觉. (伴随状语)
②The soldier had him stand with his back to his father.
士兵让他背对着他父亲站着. (方式状语)
归纳拓展
③He likes sleeping with the windows open.
他喜欢开着窗户睡觉.
④The teacher came in the classroom with a few books in his right hand.
老师右手里拿着几本书走进教室.
⑤With all the things bought, she left the supermarket.
买了所有需要的东西, 她离开了超市. ⑥With Miss Chen teaching us, we have made great progress in English.
由陈老师教我们, 我们的英语取得了很大的进步.
⑦With a lot of homework to do, I have to stay at home.
有很多作业要做, 我只好呆在家里.
【提示】
在“with＋宾语＋宾补”这一复合结构中作宾补的有动词的现在分词、不定式、过去分词, 这三种形式已成为考查的热点.
(1)若该结构中宾语补足语表示的动作为宾语发出, 应用v.-ing形式;
(2)结合句意, 若宾语补足语表示的动作已完成, 应用v.-ed形式; (3)若还未发生, 就用不定式的主动形式;
(4)without也适用于此类结构.
⑧Without any problems to settle, the head teacher left the school.
没有任何问题要解决, 校长离开了学校.
巧学活用
2－1完成句子
(1)我们关着门工作了一天.
We worked with the door ________ all the day.
(2)他离开了办公室, 计算机还开着.
He left the office with the computer________.closedworking(3)老师们解决了许多问题后回家.
The teachers went home ________ a lot of problems ________.
(4)有许多工作要做, 经理下班后仍在工作.
________ a lot of work _______________,
the manager went on working after work.
withsettledwithto do3(教材原句)He was driving a lorry load of bananas when he came off the road at a bend and fell three hundred metres down the mountain. 他正开着装满香蕉的卡车要驶过一个弯道, 突然他连人带车翻到了300米深的山崖下. [句法分析] sb.was doing..., when...是一个
重要的句型, 意为“某人正在做某事, 突然…… 其中, when为并列连词.
①I was putting on my coat and going to go out, when an old friend dropped in.
我刚想穿上衣服出门, 突然一位老友来访.
归纳拓展
(1)某人正要做某事, 这时(突然)……
sb.was doing sth., when...
sb.was about to do sth., when...
sb.was on the point of doing sth., when...
(2)某人刚做完某事, 这时(突然)……
sb.had just done sth., when...
②I was about to go to bed, when the telephone rang.我刚想上床睡觉, 电话铃响了
③My little daughter had just put away all her things, when the lights went out.
我的小女儿刚把她的东西收拾好, 突然灯灭
了.
巧学活用
3－1单句改错
(1)He has just finished his homework when his father came back.___________________
(2)I watched TV at home when there was a knock at the door.
______________________________________
has→hadwatched→was watching温馨提示
请做课时作业 Module 2 Section Ⅱ
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件85张PPT。Section Ⅲ
Listening and Speaking, Everyday
English and Function & Cultural Corner?Step One：Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1. ___________(adj.) 长久的; 永久的; 永恒的
2. _________________(vi.) 申请
3. _________________(adj.) 组织的
4. _________________(vt.) 需要permanentapplyorganisationalrequire5. _____________(adj.) 可利用的, 可获得的
6. _____________(adj.) 传统的
7.______________ (vi.) 遭受(痛苦)
8. ______________(n.) 个性; 性格
9. ______________(vt.) 签字, 签署
10. _____________(n.) 模特
11. double (vi.)_________________
12. outgoing (adj.)______________
availabletraditional sufferpersonalitysignmodel加倍外向的Ⅱ.重点短语
1. have a day _______请一天假
2. be fluent _____(讲话、语言说得)流利
3.______ location 外景拍摄
4. in response ______回答, 答复
5. be __________to 与……有关
6. combine...________... 结合成一体
7. suffer ___________受苦; 遭受off in on torelatedwithfrom 8. ______demand 需要
9. look forward______ 期待; 渴望
10. be _______to do sth. 可能做某事
?Step Two：Fast Reading
Ⅰ.Read the passage on P19 and tell the following statements True (T) or False (F).
in to likely1. According to the survey, the ten fastest growing jobs will be related to computers and tourism.( )
2. 14 million American teenagers suffer from speech or language problems.( )
3. An adventure guide should have physical fitness and an outgoing personality.( )
FFTⅡ.Read the passage “Growing Jobs” and choose the best answers.( )
1. What will the ten fastest growing jobs be related with?
A. Computers and health.
B. Computers and tourism.
C. Tourism and health.
D. Training and tourism.A2. How many American adults are suffering from speech or language problems?( )
A. 6 million. B. 14 million.
C. 8 million. D. 15 million.
3. What are bioinformaticians?( )
A. Those who combine computer skills with knowledge of biology.CAB. Those who combine medical skills with knowledge of biology.
C. Those who combine tourism skills with knowledge of biology.
D. Those who combine health skills with knowledge of biology.4. What is the most important character for the guides of adventure holidays?( )
Physical fitness.
B. An outgoing personality.
C. Both A and B.
D. Not mentioned in the text.
C1. earn vt.赚钱, 挣钱; 博得, 赢得
(教材原句)How much does a cook earn in your country？
在你们国家厨师能挣多少钱？归纳拓展
earn a (one’s) living谋生, 维持生计 earn one’s bread糊口, 谋生
earn good money赚大钱, 发大财 earn a reputation赢得好名声
①How does she earn her living？她靠什
么谋生？②Rescuing a drowning man earned him the respect of all.
他因救助溺水者而获得大家的尊敬.
[易混辨析] gain, get, win, earn③He gained much profit from reading.他从读书中得到许多好处.
④Try to get some sleep.尽量睡会儿吧.
⑤He was determined to win the game.他决心要赢得那场比赛.
⑥Do you know how much he earns a
month？你知道他一个月挣多少钱吗？
巧学活用 1－1完成句子
(1)接受政府福利比自食其力要容易得多.
It is much easier to receive from the government than to ______________________.
(2)海明威曾获得诺贝尔文学奖.
Hemingway once _______ the Nobel Prize
for literature.earn one’s own breadwon1－2翻译句子
He has earned a good reputation as a teacher.
_______________________________________
2. sign vt.签字, 签署; 做手势
n. 符号; 告示牌; 示意动作, 手势; 征兆, 迹象
(教材原句)I haven’t signed the contract yet.I’m still thinking about it.
我还没有签这个合同. 我仍然在考虑.
作为一名老师, 他赢得了极好的声望. 归纳拓展
助记①She signed to us to stop talking.她做手势示意我们不要讲话. ,
②The red light is a warning sign for stop.红灯是警告停止行进的信号.
③For safety reasons, please sign in when you arrive at the building, and sign out when you leave.基于安全, 请在抵达大楼时签到, 离去时签退.
巧学活用
2－1完成句子
(1)He was ______________(向……打手势) me not to mention anything about Jack.
(2)You can see many “No Smoking” __________(标牌) in public places.
(3)I will ______________(报名参加) a tour
to Japan this afternoon.signing tosignssign up for2－2单项填空
In our class, when the bell rang and the teacher closed his book, it was a ________
for everyone to stand up.
A. Signal B. chance
C. Mark D. sign解析：选A. 考查名词同义辨析. 句意为“在我们班, 当铃声响起及老师合上书, 对大家来讲这是一个起立的信号”. 根据句意可知打铃及老师合上书本, 这是下课的信号, 只能选signal. chance“机会”; mark“分数, 痕迹”, sign“符号; 迹象”.
3. apply vi.申请, 请求; 适合, 适用; 致力于
(教材原句)Now think of some more questions to ask people applying for these jobs.现在想出更多的问题问一下申请工作的人.
归纳拓展
(1)apply for申请
apply to涂抹, 敷; 适用于, 运用; 向……申请
apply sth.to把……运用于……; 把……
施于……
apply oneself to专心于, 致力于
apply one’s mind to sth.专心于某事, 致力于某事
(2)application n. 申请; 应用
applicant n. 申请人
①I advise that they apply to the council for a home improvement grant.
我建议他们向市政会申请改善住房的贷款.
②These principles apply to learning foreign languages.
这些规则原理是用来学外语的.
③One must apply himself to his work or else he will not enjoy it.一个人必须专心于自己的工作否则他无法喜爱它.
【提示】 (1)apply作“向某人或某公司申请”讲时后面跟to, 如果申请某个职位或工作用for.
(2)be applied to, apply oneself to, apply to等短语中的to为介词, 后接名词、代词或动名词
巧学活用
3－1完成句子
(1)由于专心致力于教学工作, 他几乎没有时间放松自己.
Fully ___________ his teaching work, he has little time to relax himself.
(2)法律适用于所有的人.
The laws ________________ everyone.pplied toapply to3－2单项填空
The Somali robbers’ frequent attacks on the sea urged the United Nations to ________all nations to take immediate action.
A. fight for B. apply for
C. call on D. wait on解析：选C. 考查动词短语辨析. 句意：索马里海盗频繁的海上袭击敦促联合国号召所有国家立刻采取行动. fight for为……而战; apply for申请; call on号召; wait on伺候. 由句意可知选C.
4. require vt.需要; 要求
(教材原句)SALES STAFF required in well-known clothes shop.
著名服装店招收销售人员.
归纳拓展
①Every student is required to respect the school rules.每个学生都必须遵守校规.
②The doctor required (that) the daughter stay with her mother in the hospital because her mother required special care.
医生要求女儿陪母亲待在医院里, 因为她母亲需要特别护理. ③The machine does not work well, so it requires repairing/to be repaired.
这台机器不好使, 需要修理.
巧学活用
4－1单项填空
The matter ________to our study requires ________ with carefully.
A. related; dealing
B. relating; dealt
C. related; being dealt
D. relating; have dealt解析：选A. 句意：与我们的学习有关的事
情, 需要精心处理. requires是谓语, 第一个空白处作the matter的定语, 可以用related to...作定语, 也可以用定语从句that is related to...作定语. require doing sth.动名词作宾语, 主动形式表被动.
名师微博
当物作主语时, require后跟动名词, 主动的形式表被动, 相当于require to be done. 有相同用法的动词还有：want, need以及deserve. 5. in response to 作为……的回应
(教材原句)I am writing in_response_to your advertisement for a temporary position as a waiter. 看到你们广告上要招收临时服务员, 我就写信来应聘.
归纳拓展
(1)response n. 反应
make no response to不回答; 无反应
(2)respond vi.反应, 回应
respond to...回答……; 反应……
①The product was developed in response to customer demand.
此产品的开发是为了满足顾客的要求.
②In response to their hospitality, we wrote a thank-you note.
为了回报他们的热情, 我们写了一封感谢信.
③People respond actively to our government’s call for the ban of plastic bags.
人们积极地响应政府禁用塑料袋的号召.
巧学活用
5－1完成句子
(1)他对我的请求毫无反应.
He ________________________ my begging.
(2)你如何回应她的质疑？
How do you ________________ her inquiry?
(3)为了应对食品价格上涨, 中国许多城市已经采取了额外的措施来控制(食品)价格. made no response torespond to________________ the food price rising, many cities in China have taken additional measures to control prices.
6. available adj.可获得的, 可用的, 可得到的, 有用的, 有效的(后常接不定式或介词)
(教材原句)I would be very grateful if you could send me more information about the post(s) available.
In response to如果你提供给我关于这个职位的更多的信息, 我将非常感激.
①I’m available in the evening.我晚上有空.
②Is the library available during summer vacations？图书馆在暑假期间开放吗？
③These tickets are available for one month.这些票有效期一个月.
[易混辨析] available, accessible
④There is no other table available.Would you like to wait?
现在没有其他的空桌子了, 您能等一会儿
吗？⑤The department store is easily accessible from our house.
从我们家到那个百货公司挺方便.
巧学活用
6－1完成句子
(1)今天下午我有空, 能够出席会议.
This afternoon I __________________the meeting.
(2)总统明天将出席会议.
The president will ______________ the meeting tomorrow.am available forbe available for6－2翻译句子
You will be made known when the book becomes available.
_________________________________
7. demand n. & v. 要求, 需要
(教材原句)But there will also be a rise in the demand for health care professionals.但是对健康护理专业的需求也会有不断的上升.
那本书一到就通知你. 归纳拓展
①Teachers are in great demand in our school.＝Our school is in great demand for teachers.我们学校急需老师. ②She demanded to give her an immediate answer.她要求立即给她一个答复.
③They demanded that the school (should) improve their working conditions.
他们要求校方改善他们的工作条件.
[易混辨析] demand, request, require, ask
④He demanded that I should return his
book before Friday.
他要我星期五之前归还他的书.
④They made a request for further aid.他们要求再给一些援助.
⑥The wearing of seat belts is required by law.法律规定必须系安全带. ⑦She asked that she should be kept informed.她要求应该向她汇报有关情况.
【提示】 (1)不能用demand sb.to do sth., 但可以用demand of sb.to do sth..
(2)demand作名词接同位语从句及作动词后接宾语从句时, 其从句的谓语动词需用虚拟语气形式, 即(should) do. ⑧I demanded of him to answer.
＝I demanded an answer from/of him.
我要求他给予答复.
巧学活用
7－1完成句子
(1)福特公司为了满足需求, 已提高了产量.
Ford has increased production in order to _________________.
(2)他要求支付工资.
He demanded _____________.
＝He demanded ______________________.meet demandsto be paidpayment(3)他正在为一个苛刻的老板做工作.
He is doing a job for a ____________ boss.
7－2单项填空
—Do you think they will win the match this time?
—It’s hard to say.But this is the last time we ________them to.demandingA. Hope B. demand
C. require D. suggest
解析：选C. 从题干来看, to后省略了win the match, 也就是to代表一个不定式作宾语补足语, 因为A、B、D项都不能跟sb.to do sth., 故选C项.
8. suffer vi.遭受(痛苦、不幸等) vt.经历
(教材原句)But many youngsters will need professional care, too.14 million Americans suffer from speech or language problems, and six million of them are under the age of 18. 但是许多年轻人也需要专业治疗. 14 000 000美国人遭受说话能力及语言障碍问题的痛苦, 其中6 000 000人为18岁以下的年轻人.
归纳拓展
(1)suffer a defeat/damage/injury/loss/pain遭受失败/损坏/伤痛/损失/痛苦
suffer from...患……病; (因……)而遭受痛苦
(2)suffer n. 受苦(难)者; 受害者; 患者; 病人
suffering n. 苦楚 adj.受苦的; 患病的
助记
①People in the north often have to suffer from sandstorms.
北方人不得不经常忍受沙尘暴的侵袭. ②They suffered huge losses in the financial crisis.
他们在金融危机时遭受了巨大的损失.
③We all have to suffer at some time in our lives.
在人生的道路上我们都是时而要受苦的.
[易混辨析] suffer, suffer from
巧学活用
8－1用suffer或suffer from的适当形式填空
(1)The old man is __________________a bad cold.
(2)She told me all about her ____________ in the past.
(3)Almost 50 percent of cancer ___________ are treated successfully.suffering fromsufferingssufferers(4)The old man’s legs were badly hurt and he __________ great pain.
8－2单项填空
The new plant can’t ________ the cold weather, so the researchers are trying to deal with it.
A. suffer for B. suffer
C. long for D. suffer fromsuffered解析：选B. 句意为“这种新植物不耐寒冷气候, 所以研究人员正尽力解决”. suffer意思是“忍受, 耐得住”; suffer for“因……而受苦”; suffer from“遭受”; long for“渴望”.
1 . (教材原句)“I visited China last year.”“That must have been interesting.”
“我去年访问过中国. ”“那一定非常有趣. ”
[句法分析] 句中must have done表示对过去情况的肯定推测, 只用于肯定陈述句中, 意为“肯定已经……”.
①Tom has gone to work but his car is still here.He must have gone by bus.
汤姆去上班了但车还在这儿. 他肯定是坐公共汽车去的.
②It must have rained last night, for the ground is wet.
昨天晚上一定下雨了, 因为地面湿了.
“情态动词＋have done”表示对过去情况的推测是本模块的重点和难点, 现小结如下：
③She can’t/couldn’t have gone to bed, for
the light in her room is still on.
她不可能上床睡觉了, 因为她房间的灯还亮
着.
④Can/Could he have passed the exam？他可
能通过考试了吗？
⑤He may/might have heard of it from Mary
他可能已从玛丽那里听说此事了. ⑥John may/might not have passed the exam; he looks very sad.
约翰可能没有通过考试. 他看起来很忧伤.
【提示】 must表示推测时, 反意疑问句不用must, 要借助于相应的助动词或系动词, 结合具体的语境来做出选择. ⑦He must be studying, isn’t he？他一定是正在学习, 是吗？(现在进行时)
⑧She must have finished her homework, hasn’t she?
她肯定已经完成作业了, 是吗？(现在完成时)
⑨From what you said, you must have seen the film yesterday, didn’t you？从你所说的话来看, 你昨天肯定看了这部电影, 是吗？(一般过去时)
巧学活用
1－1用合适的情态动词填空
(1)The dictionary has disappeared.Who ________ have taken it?
(2)I can’t find my pen.I ________ have left it in the library.
(3)I didn’t hear the phone.I ________ have been asleep.could mightmust1－2单项填空
He must be helping the old man to water
the flowers, ________？
A. is he B. isn’t he
C. must he D. mustn’t he解析：选B. 本题考查反意疑问句. 句意：他一定正在帮助那位老人浇花, 不是吗？做题思路为：He must be helping the old man to water the flowers.＝I’m sure he is helping the old man to water the flowers.从而得出反意疑问句用：isn’t he?
2. (教材原句)For people doing this job, common sense, physical fitness and an outgoing personality are likely to be more important than computer skills.
对做这种工作的人来说, 常识、身体健康和外向的性格可能比电脑技术更重要. [句法分析] be likely to do sth.可能做某事, 注意其主语通常是人. 可以改为：It is likely that...结构.
①He is likely to come this afternoon.＝It is likely that he will come this afternoon.今天下午他可能要来.
②The headmaster is not likely to come to the meeting.
校长很可能不来开会了.
[易混辨析] likely, probable, possible
助记③It’s highly probable that they will win the match.他们很可能会赢得这场比赛.
④“Do you think he will come soon？”
“Possible, or likely, but not probable.”
“你认为他不久会来吗？”“可能, 但不一定. ”
2－1单项填空
(2010·高考陕西卷)Studies show that people are more ________ to suffer from back problems if they always sit before computer screens for long hours.
A. Likely B. possible
C. Probable D. sure解析：选A. 句意：研究表明人们如果总是长时间地坐在电脑屏幕前面就更有可能出现背部问题. 根据语境, 这里表示“更有可能”, 所以排除sure, 其他几个形容词只有likely能够用人作主语. 2－2完成句子
(1)票价可能很贵.
Tickets _________________________________.
(2)盗贼很可能不知道此物的价值.
It’s more than __________________the thieves don’t know how much it is worth.
are likely to be very expensivelikely that温馨提示
请做课时作业 Module 2 Section Ⅲ本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件63张PPT。Section Ⅳ Grammar & Writing复习动词时态(二)
一、一般过去时 【助记】1.概念和构成
一般过去时指过去某个时间里发生的动作或
状态以及过去习惯性、经常性的动作、行为
其基本结构为be动词＋行为动词的过去式.
2. 一般过去时的用法
(1)一般过去时主要用于表示过去某一时刻或
某段时间内发生的事或存在的状态(包括习惯
性动作), 常与表示过去的时间状语如yesterday, last week等连用.
I went to see the film Let the Bullets Fly yesterday.
昨天我去看电影《让子弹飞》了.
(2)在时间、条件状语从句中, 常用一般过去时代替过去将来时, 表示过去将要发生的动作. We would not leave until the teacher came back.
老师回来我们才会离开.
(3)在虚拟语气中表示现在或将来时间的动作或状态.
It’s time we started.我们该动身了. (4)表示过去连续发生的一系列动作.
He entered the room, picked up a magazine and looked through it carefully.
他走进房间, 拿起一本杂志, 认真地读起来.
(5)表示过去的习惯性动作, 除了用过去式外, 还可以用used to或would来表示. I used to study late into the night when I was in Senior Three.我上高三时经常学习到深夜.
He would sit for hours doing nothing.
他过去常常一坐几个钟头什么事也不做.
【辨析】一般过去时, 现在完成时二、过去进行时
【助记】表示过去某一时刻或某一阶段正在发生的动作.
1. 概念和构成
过去进行时表示过去某时正在进行的动作
(不强调是否完成). 其结构为was/were＋动词的-ing形式.
2. 过去进行时的用法
(1)过去进行时主要表示过去某一时刻正在进行或某一段时间内持续进行的动作, 常和then, at that time, at eight yesterday, at this time last night, the whole night, those days, from one to five yesterday等时间状语连用.
It was raining when we left school.
我们离开学校的时候正在下雨.
(2)表示过去将要发生的动作. He told us the head teacher was arriving here.
他告诉我们班主任就要来了.
(3)表示过去计划安排将要发生的事情.
He told me that he was going abroad soon.
他告诉我他不久就要出国了.
(4)与always, constantly连用, 表示感彩. He was always helping others.
他总是帮助别人.
In the past, she was constantly asking questions.
在过去, 她总是问问题.
Ⅲ.过去完成时
【助记】
1.概念和构成
过去完成时表示在过去某一时间或动作之前已经发生或完成了的动作. 它表示句子中描述的动作发生在“过去的过去”. 基本结构：主语＋had＋过去分词(done).
2. 过去完成时的用法
(1)表示在过去某一时刻或动作以前完成了的动作, 即“过去的过去”. 可以用by, before等介词短语或一个时间状语从句来表示, 也可以用一个表示过去的动作来表示, 还可以通过上下文来表示.
They had got everything ready before I came.
在我来到之前, 他们已经把一切准备好了.
(2)表示由过去的某一时刻开始, 一直延续到过去另一时间的动作或状态, 常和for, since构成的时间状语连用. I had been at the bus stop for 20 minutes when a bus finally came.当车最后来的时候, 我在车站已等了20分钟.
He said he had worked in that factory since 1949.
他说自从1949年以来他就在那家工厂工作.
(3)动词think, want, hope, mean, plan, intend等用过去完成时来表示过去未曾实现的想
法、希望、打算或意图等.
They had wanted to help but could not get there in time.
他们本来打算去帮忙, 但没有及时赶到那里.
We had hoped to be able to come and see you.
我们本来希望能来看看你. (4)过去完成时还可用在hardly...when..., no sooner...than..., It was the first (second, etc.) time (that). ..等固定句型中.
Hardly had he begun to speak when the audience interrupted him.他刚开始演讲, 听众就打断了他. No sooner had he arrived than he went away again.
他刚到就又走了.
It was the third time that he had been out of work that year.这是他那一年第三次失业了.
【辨析】过去完成时与一般过去时
Ⅰ.用动词的适当时态填空
1. —Your phone number again? I ________________(not catch) it.
—It’s 69568122.
2. The students _____________(write) busily when Miss Brown went to get the book she ________________(leave)in the office.didn’t catchwere writinghad left3. Mary ________________ (make)a dress when she cut her finger.
4. As she ________________(read) the newspaper, Granny ________(fall) asleep.
5. He kept looking at her, wondering whether he ________________(see) her somewhere.
6. —Professor Liu in our school has become one of the top experts in this field.was makingwas readingfellhad seen—Yes, I know him very well.He once ________________(work) in Africa.
7. —How did you damage your car so badly?
—I ________(run) into a tree yesterday.
—I suppose you ________________(drive) too fast.
8. My mind wasn’t on what he was saying, so I’m afraid I _____________(miss) half of it.
workedranwere drivingmissedⅡ.完成句子
1. 这些花是那么的可爱, 很快就卖完了.
The flowers were so lovely that they ____________in no time.
2. 那天他们重归于好. 到那时为止, 他们近两年没有说话了.
They became friends again that day.Until then, they _______________to each other for nearly two years.were soldhadn’t spoken3. 我本打算去了, 但我突然想起来我有作业要做.
I __________________, but I suddenly remembered I had homework to do.
4. 她昨天晚上八点钟在我家和我一起看电视了.
She ________________TV with me in my home at eight yesterday evening.was going towas watching5. 当我们到达新剧院时, 戏已开演一段时间
了.
The play had already been on for quite some
time when we __________at the New Theatre
6. 我无法接通电话, 她弟弟一直在通话(talk)
I couldn’t get through.Her brother
_____________on the phone all the time.arrivedwas talking7. 这个地区的每个孩子都受到了邀请.
Every boy and girl in the area ____________.
8. 看到他脸上愤怒的表情, 我就清楚地知道了我必须面对什么.
By the time I saw the angry expression on his face, I ________________exactly what I was having to face.
was invitedhad knownⅢ.单项填空
1. (2011·高考北京卷)—That must have been a long trip.
—Yeah, it ________ us a whole week to get there.
A. Takes B. has taken
C. Took D. was taking解析：选C. 本题考查动词的时态. 句意：——那肯定是一次很长的旅程. ——是的, 我们花了整整一周的时间才到达那里. must have done用来表示对过去肯定事实的推测, 由此判断语境指过去, 故排除A项; B项为现在完成时, 强调对现在造成的结果或影响, 属于现在时态范畴, 故排除; D项为过去进行时, 表示过去正在进行的动
作, 不符合语境, 也应排除. 题干只是在陈述
过去发生的事情, 应用一般过去时, 故选C.
2. (2011·高考北京卷)Experiments of this kind ________ in both the U. S.and Europe well before the Second World War.
A. have conducted B. have been conducted
C. had conducted D. had been conducted解析：选D. 本题考查时态和语态. 句意：第二次世界大战之前, 在美国和欧洲就曾彻底地进行过这种实验. experiments与conduct之间为被动关系, 故排除A项和C项. conduct这一动作发生在第二次世界大战之前, 即：过去的过去, 所以用过去完成时, 故选择D项.
3. (2010·高考课标全国卷)—Have you finished reading Jane Eyre?
—No, I ________my homework all day yesterday.
A. was B. would do
C. had done D. do解析：选A. 根据时间状语all day yesterday可知“昨天我一整天都在写家庭作业”. 表示在过去某个时间段正在进行的动作, 应用过去进行时, 因此答案应为A.
4. —Hi, if you can’t enjoy that at a sensible volume, please use the earphone.I’m sleeping.
—I’m sorry.I ______ realize it ______ you.don’t; bothers
B. didn’t; bothering
C. don’t; was bothering
D. didn’t; was bothering
解析：选D. 表示过去一直打扰着别人, 故选
D项.
5. (2012·泰安高二检测)There was a knock at the door.It was the third time that someone ________ Dr.Yang that evening.
had interrupted
B. would have interrupted
C. have interrupted
D. interrupted解析：选A. 句意：有敲门声. 这是那天晚上第三次有人打扰杨医生了. It was the first (second...) time that＋主语＋过去完成时.
6. (2012·浙江学军中学高二月考)I don’t understand how you got a ticket I always ________ you ________ a careful driver.think; are
B. am thinking; are
C. thought; were
D. think; were
解析：选C. 考查动词的时态. 句意：我过去
总以为你是一个细心的司机.
7. (2012·杭州西湖中学检测)—You speak very good Chinese.
—Thanks.I ________ it for 4 years before I came to China.
A. Studied B. study
C. was studying D. had studied
解析：选D. 考查动词时态. 此处before I came to China表明study发生在过去的过去, 故用过去完成时.
8. (2011·江西南昌一中月考)When I was at college I ________ three foreign languages, but I ______all except a few words of each.
spoke; had forgotten
B. spoke; have forgotten
C. had spoken; had forgotten
D. had spoken; have forgotten解析：选B. 考查动词的时态. 第一空由时间状语When I was at college可知用一般过去
时; 第二空表示现在的影响和结果, 我全忘了除了每种语言的少量词汇, 故用现在完成时. 9. We got to the station at 8∶00, but the train________at 7∶30.
A. Left B. had left
C. was leaving D. has left
解析：选A. 有具体的过去时间at 7∶30, 应用一般过去时态.
10. (2012·安庆一中高二测试)—Did Alan enjoy seeing his old friends yesterday?
—Yes, he did.He ______ his old friends for a long time.
A. didn’t see B. wouldn’t see
C. hasn’t seen D. hadn’t seen解析：选D. 句意：——艾伦昨天和老朋友们玩得高兴吗？——是的, 很高兴. 他已经很久没有见到他的老朋友了. 由时间状语 for a long time 知应用完成时, 而“很久没有见到朋友”又是昨天之前的事, 故用过去完成时.
应用文写作：求职信
写作要求
某公司在China Daily上刊登一则广告, 欲招聘英文秘书一名. 假如你是李华, 请你根据下面该公司要求的条件, 写一封求职信. 词数：80～120. 要求条件：1.女性, 身体健康, 身高1.65 m
以上;
2. 大专以上学历(有工作经验者优先);
3. 20～25周岁(未婚者优先);
4. 擅长写作, 具备扎实的英语基础.
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
审题谋篇
词汇突破
secretarycommandapply forhealthyfrombe good atpublish passbe interested infor写作要点
1. 我在中国日报上了解到你们在招聘一位秘书.
I’ve just learned in China Daily that you are ____________a secretary.
2. 我写信要申请这个职位.
I’m writing to ________________________.looking forapply for this position3. 我毕业于山东大学英语系.
I’ve ______________________ the English Department of Shandong University.
4. 我擅长英文写作, 发表过两篇文章.
I’m good at writing in English and two articles of mine __________________________________.just graduated fromhave been published so far5. 我对这份工作很感兴趣.
__________________________ the job.
佳作欣赏
Dear sir,
I’ve just learned from China Daily that ①you are looking for a secretary ②who has a good command of the English language.I’m ③therefore writing to apply for this position.I’m very interested inI’m 22, female, unmarried.I’m 1.70 meters tall, slim and healthy.I’ve just graduated from the English Department of Shandong University.In my spare time at university, I have worked as a typist for some time.I’m ④also good at writing in English ⑤and two articles of mine have been published in 21st century so far.And I passed the college English Test Band 6 last year.
I’m very interested in the job.⑥If I can take the position, I’ll be thankful to you for your kindness.
I’m expecting your early reply.
Yours,
Li Hua
名师点津
【美文点津】
亮点一：审题细致, 把自己的情况介绍得清楚明白, 适当增加了细节, 符合求职信的格式和要求, 语言针对性强.
亮点二：句式结构丰富, 有效使用了①宾语从句、②定语从句以及⑥条件状语从句、⑤被动语态等, 时态使用准确无误. 亮点三：有效地使用了一些连接上下文的关联词, 如③therefore、④also等, 使文章更加流畅.
【类文点津】
1. 求职信的写作特点
求职信如同感谢信一样是书信的一种重要形式. 求职信的篇幅不宜过长, 除语气诚恳, 言简意赅外, 还应注意以下几点：(1)说明申请的具体理由. 如见广告应征, 熟
人介绍, 专业对口等.
(2)概括本人的经历和特长, 真诚地表明自己能胜任此项工作或职务.
(3)最后一般要写上希望对方积极考虑, 尽早答复或同意请求.
(4)有时可加上附件说明你的基本情况.
2. 常用表达
(1)I have learned that you are looking for...and I would like to apply for the position.
(2) I have learned from an advertisement that your company is in need of...(3)The job sounds particularly interesting and it is the kind of work that I have wanted to do for quite a long time.
(4)I have worked on...and I am used to working hard.
(5)I’m sure I will be able to do well if I get the job/position.(6)I look forward to hearing from you soon.
(7)Thank you for your consideration.I wish to get an answer soon.
(8)I will be quite appreciate if I am offered the opportunity.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件22张PPT。单元盘点Module 2 A Job Worth DoingAs a ①___________, what sort of job will you do when you choose a post？A traditional one or a new?growing one？An accountant, an electrician or a
②______________, a bioinformatician？I think every individual has his own choice.youngsterbiochemistSomeone chooses to be a ③____________, who offers to do a job to help others without salary.My neighbour, Mr.Lee, is one of the volunteers.
Mr.Lee used to be a barber and had a ④_____________ job.But three years ago, he suffered from a terrible accident at a crossroads near his homevolunteersatisfying because a truck driver didn’t respect the traffic rules.The crossroads is very busy, ⑤_______________ at rush hours.Mr.Lee had a close encounter with death and the accident had a profound effect on him.Thanks to his ⑥__________________, he didn’t lose heart.
He felt it was his mission to make people obey the traffic rules.in particularoutgoing personalityAfter recovery, Mr.Lee applied for a post as a crossing policeman and got refused, because he wasn’t qualified for the job.But he was
allowed to be a ⑦_______________rather than permanent worker.Mr.Lee signed a contract, but now doesn’t earn much.Mr.Lee realizes that it’s essential for everyone to respect the traffic rules.temporaryEvery day, Mr.Lee takes up his place in the street directing the traffic.Some people who ⑧____________take notice of him and feel very strange, but with time going by, they take it for granted that Mr.Lee does this.Sometimes, he helps the elderly or kids cross the street and they are ⑨__________
to him.pass by grateful He also requires everyone to obey the traffic rules.In response to his work, people who often pass by the crossroads never break the rules.⑩________________, the toll here has dropped to zero.
In practice作为一名年轻人,当你选择职位时, 你将做哪种工作呢？是传统的, 还是新兴的职业？是当一名会计师、电工, 还是一名生物化学家或生物信息学者？我想每个人都有自己的选择. 有的人会选择当一名志愿者, 即不要薪水主动帮助别人的人. 我的邻居, 李先生就是这样的一个人.
李先生原来是一名理发师, 有着一份令人满
意的工作. 但三年前, 由于一位卡车司机不遵
守交通规则, 李先生在家附近的一个十字路
口发生了一次可怕的交通事故. 这个十字路
口很繁忙, 尤其是上下班高峰期. 李先生跟死
神打了个照面, 并且这次事故对他产生了深
刻的影响. 多亏了他外向的个性, 才没有失去
信心. 他感到让人们遵守交通规则是他的职责.
痊愈以后, 李先生申请当一名交警, 但被拒绝了, 因为他达不到做这份工作的合格条件. 但他被允许当一名临时的而不是永久的工作者. 李先生签了合同, 但现在他挣的很少了. 李先生意识到让每一个人遵守交通规则是非常重要的. 每天, 他站在自己的位置上指挥着交通. 有些过路人注意到了他, 感到很奇怪, 但随着时间的推移, 人们认为他做这样的事是理所当然的了. 有时候, 他还帮助上了年纪的人或小孩过马路, 他们都很感激他. 他也要求每个人都遵守交通规则. 作为对他工作的回应, 经常从这里走的人从未违反交通规则. 实际上, 这里的事故伤亡人数已下降到了零.
链接一 offer
(教材原句P12)This person has offered to do a job—and may not be paid for doing it.这个人主动提出了去做一份工作——并且可以不用给他报酬. [高考例证]
(2011·高考四川卷)________an important role in a new movie, Andy has got a chance to become famous.
A. Offer B. Offering
C. Offered D. To offer
选C. 考查非谓语动词. 句意：安迪被提供了在一部新影片里扮演一个重要的角色的机会, 她有机会出名了. 动词offer与句子主语是逻辑上的被动关系, 用过去分词作状语表示被动和已经发生的动作.
链接二 although
(教材原句P12)Although there is not a lot of traffic, on average, one vehicle comes off the road every two weeks.尽管交通量不大, 但平均每两周就有一辆车驶出公路.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考四川卷)Frank insisted that he was not asleep ________ I had great difficulty in waking him up.
A. Whether B. although
C. For D. so
选B. 考查状语从句. 句意：尽管我费了好大周折才把弗兰克弄醒, 他却坚持说自己没有睡着. 用though/although引导让步状语从句, 表示“尽管, 虽然”. A：是否; C引导原因状语从句, D引导并列句, 表示“因此”, 都不符合句意.
链接三 “with＋宾语＋宾语补足语”复合结构作状语
(教材原句P13)Every morning he climbs up to the bend with a large circular board in his hand.每天早晨, 他带着一个圆形木板爬到拐弯处.
[高考例证]
(2010·高考山东卷)The living room is clean and tidy, with a dining table already ________for a meal to be cooked.
A. Laid B. laying
C. to lay D. being laid
选A. 考查with复合结构. 摆餐桌准备吃饭用lay a table for a meal, 动词lay与table之间为逻辑上的动宾关系, 故用过去分词作宾语补足语.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件22张PPT。Module 3 Adventure in Literature and the CinemaModule 3 Adventure in Literature and the CinemaSection Ⅰ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Warming Up?Step One：Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1. ______________(n.) (由他人撰写的)传记
2. ______________(n.) 幻想, 想象
3.______________ (n.) 叙述; 描写; 报道
4. ______________(n.) 同伴; 伙伴
5. ______________(vi.) 说谎; 撒谎biographyfantasyaccount companionlie6. ___________(vt.) (使)恐慌; (使)惊慌失措
7. ___________(adj.) 好奇的
8. ___________(vt.) (用绳、带等)绑, 系, 拴
9. fright (n.)_______________________
10. terrified (adj.)________________________
panic curioustie恐惧; 害怕非常害怕的; 极度恐慌的Ⅱ.重点短语
1. have no connection ________与……无关
2. run ________逃跑
3. ahead______ 在……前面; 提前
4. pour _______倾盆而下
5. ____one’s surprise 使某人惊奇的是
6. be curious _________对……感到好奇withaway of downtoabout7. have enough ______受够/听够/吃够/看够
8. die ________fright 惊吓而死
9. run________ 偶然遇到
10. __________(a)panic 惊恐地
?Step Two：Fast Reading
Ⅰ.Read the text and then find answers to the following questions.
of of into inOne night, there was a big storm and it was raining hard.Huck and Jim stayed inside the shelter.Suddenly they saw in the river a steamboat.It had hit a rock.What happened later?
1. How did Huck and Jim get to the sinking steamboat?
______________________________________They paddled.2.How did Jim get back to the raft?
_____________________________
Ⅱ.Scan the text and then choose the best answer according to the text.( )
1. From the first paragraph, they found the steamboat ________.
A. stopped at the side of the river
B. had hit a rock and was on the way to sinkHe ran.BC. had hit a rock and had sunk under the river
D. sailing down in the middle of the river
2. Why did they get on the steamboat?( )
A. Jim suggested that they should find something useful on the boat.
B. Jim was happy to get on a sinking ship because it was exciting.CC. “I” persuaded Jim to get on the ship because “I” think it might be useful.
D. They had to get on the ship because
3. To their astonishment, they found on the steamboat that________.
A. there was a light in one of the cabins and two people were deadCB. there were some people fighting on the boat
C. two people wanted to kill another one in one of the cabins
D. nothing happened because they were frightened to get away from the boat soon
4. After leaving the steamboat, Huck and Jim decided to________.
A. find a way to save the man
B. leave as soon as possible because it’s so terrifying
C. save the three men by sending them another boat
D. steal their boat so that they sunk with theA5. Why did “I” begin to feel bad about what they had done?( )
A. Because the man on the floor looked terrified.
B. Jim didn’t want to stay there.
C. Because“I” found the men’s boat tied to the other side of the steamboat.
D. “I” didn’t want all three men to die.
D?Step Three：Careful Reading
Ⅰ.Listen to the tape and answer the following questions.
1. What’s the main idea of the text?
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________It describes what Huck and Jim saw and what they did while they were sailing down th Mississippi River on a raft.2. Which sentence in the text is the closest in meaning to the following one?
It was clear that it was he who had said he would kill the man on the floor.
______________________________________
______________________________________
He was obviously the one who had threatened the man on the floor.Ⅱ.Read the text and fill in the blanks.
rock watermiceraftcabinsteamboatgunshortcryingboat?Step Four：Consolidation
There was a big storm after midnight and the rain1.__________ down.Huck and Jim stayed inside the2.________ and let the raft 3._______ down the river. Suddenly they saw a steamboat.They decided to 4.________ on to the steamboat.When they heard a man’s angry voice, poured sheltersailclimb Jim5.____________ and ran back to the raft.Huck saw three men in a 6._________.
The tall man was 7.______________ a gun at the man on the floor.The short man suggested 8.____________ the man on the floor.Huck had a plan.They found the men’s boat 9._______ to the other side of the steamboat
panicked cabinpointing leaving tiedand 10.__________ away to a safe distance.
?Step Five：Discussion
What do you think happens next?
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
?
paddled本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件70张PPT。Section Ⅱ Introduction & Reading and VocabularyLanguage Study1. have connection with 与……有联系/有关系
(教材原句)a story which has no connection with reality
一个和现实毫无关系的故事归纳拓展
have no/a close/direct connection with和……没有/有密切的/直接的联系
in connection with与……有关; 关于
be connected with与……有关系助记①Recent mudslides in China have a close connection with destroying environment.
最近发生在中国的泥石流和环境破坏有密切的关系.
②A man has been arrested in connection with the murder of the teenager.
一名男子因与谋杀少年案有关而被捕. ③We connect the word “blue” with the color of the sky.
我们由“蓝”这个字会联想到晴空的颜色.
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)我们与亚洲的多家公司有业务往来.
We _____________________ many companies in Asia.
(2)政府更关注有关农业的问题.
The government cared more about the problems______________________________.have connection within connection with agriculture(3)我喜欢与大自然环境有关的工作.
I like jobs __________________the environment.
2. solve v. 解决, 解答
(教材原句)a story in which a detective tries to solve a problem, such as identifying a murderer 一个侦探企图解决比如确认凶手等问题的故事
connected with归纳拓展
solution n. 解决办法; 处理手段
a solution to sth.解决……的办法
①Each student should help each other to solve the difficulties in life and learning.
同学之间应该互相帮助, 共同解决在生活中和学习中遇到的困难. ②It may take a long time to find a solution to the problem.
也许要花很长时间才能找到解决这个问题的办法.
[易混辨析] solve, settle, answer
巧学活用
2－1单项填空
The internal affairs of each country should be ________by its own people.
A. Settled B. solved
C. done D. considered解析：选A. 考查动词辨析. 句意：每个国家的内部争端应该由它自己的人们解决. settle强调解决争端、争吵; solve强调解决问题、困难和疑惑, 故选A.
2－2翻译句子
政府正在解决污染问题.
______________________________________
_________________________________
The government is trying to solve the problem of pollution.3. account n. 叙述; 描写; 报道; 账目
v. 解释; 交代清楚
(教材原句)a true account of the past 一个关于过去的真实的叙述
归纳拓展
(1)give an account of对……进行描述
on account of由于
take account of＝take sth.into account
把……考虑在内
on no account决不
(2)account for是……的原因; 解释
①David gave us a vivid account of his trip to Rio de Janeiro.
大卫向我们生动地讲述了他去里约热内卢的旅行.
②We should take account of the weather when planning our travel.
计划旅行时, 我们应该把天气因素考虑在内. ③The meeting was put off on account of the weather.由于天气原因, 会议延期.
④Liu Xiang’s participating in the game has accounted for the large crowd.
刘翔参加比赛可能是人来的多的原因.
巧学活用
3－1完成句子
(1)His illness ____________(是……的原因) his absence.
(2)He gave _________________(简要的描述) the accident.
(3)________________________(决不) I give up learning English.
accounts fora brief account ofOn no account will4. run away 离开, 逃离
(教材原句)Huckleberry Finn (or just Huck) is a teenage boy who has run away from home.
哈克贝利·费恩是一个离家出走的少年.
归纳拓展
助记①He ran away from the prison though the enemy watched carefully.
尽管敌人看管得很紧他还是从监狱里逃跑了.
②You can’t just run away from the situation.这事你不能只是回避.
③My summer vacation is running out very quickly.我的暑假很快就要结束了.
巧学活用
4－1完成句子
不应逃避困难, 而应坚决正视困难.
Difficulties shouldn’t be __________________; they should be faced resolutely.run away from4－2用合适的介词填空
(1)We’ll run __________fuel.Is there a gas station ahead?
(2)I ran ______________my old friend Joan in Paris last week.
(3)If you run ____________two hares, you will catch neither.
out ofacrossafter5. shelter n. 遮蔽物; 栖身之地
v. 掩蔽, 庇护; 躲避
(教材原句)We stayed inside the shelter we had built and let the raft sail down the river. 我们躲进了我们自己搭起来的避雨棚, 让木筏顺流而下.
归纳拓展
under the shelter of在……的庇护下
shelter (sb./sth.) from...保护……免受
take/find shelter (from)避难, 躲避
助记①They were anxious to find a shelter for the night.他们急于找个过夜的地方.
②The villagers took shelter from the rain in the tent set up by the government.
村民们呆在政府搭起的帐篷里躲避大雨.
③We should shelter the refugees from the present disasters.
我们应该保护难民们躲避当前的灾难. ,
巧学活用
5－1完成句子
(1)I arrived home dry ____________________(在……的庇护下) the umbrella.
(2)They were ________________(躲避) the rain in the doorway of the store.under the shelter ofsheltering from(3)They planted the flowers next to the wall to _______________________________(保护它们以避风吹).
6. lie v. 说谎, 撒谎; 躺; 位于 n. 谎言
(教材原句)A man’s angry voice answered, “You’re lying.You said that last time.We’re going to kill you.” 一个男人生气的声音回应道：“你在撒谎, 上次你也是这么说的. 我们要杀了你. ”
shelter them from the wind归纳拓展
助记
lie表示“位于”讲时, 常和介词in, on和to连用, 它们的区别如下图：
①Don’t lie to me！Do you think you can get the job if you lie about your age?
别说谎！你认为你隐瞒了年龄就能得到那份工作吗？
②He was lying in the shade of a tree, thinking what to do next.
他正躺在树荫下, 想着下一步做什么. ③China lies in the east of Asia while Japan lies to the east of China.
中国位于亚洲东部而日本位于中国的东面.
[易混辨析] lie, lie, lay④The little boy lying on the ground lied that his cock laid an egg.
躺在地上的小男孩撒谎说他的公鸡下了一个蛋.
巧学活用
6－1用lie和lay的正确形式填空
(1)There was a man ________on the ground, dead.
(2)He ________the bag and began to do his homework.
(3)The boy ________ to his father and was punished. lyinglaidlied6－2单项填空
The nurse ________ a watch to the ear of the patient ________ in bed.
A. laid; laying B. laid; lying
C. lay; lying D. lay; laying解析：选B. 考查动词词义辨析. 句意：护士把手表放在床上的病人旁边. lay a watch放置手表; the patient lying in bed躺在床上的病人. 故选B.
7. panic v. (使)恐慌; (使)惊慌失措
n. 惊慌, 恐慌
(教材原句). ..Jim panicked and ran to the raft.
……吉姆甚感恐惧, 跑到木筏那儿.
归纳拓展
(1)panic sb.into doing sth.使某人惊慌失措地做某事
panic at...因(听到/看到)……而惊慌
(2)get into (a) panic陷入恐慌状态
be at/in a panic在恐慌中
【提示】panic的过去式、过去分词、现在分词都要把c变为ck再加-ed或-ing. 类似的可归纳如下：
picnic (野餐)→picnicked, picnicked, picnicking
traffic(交易)→trafficked, trafficked, trafficking
c后有e或i时, c发[s], 为保持读音不变而加k.
①The war panicked many people into fleeing from their homeland.
这场战争使许多人惊慌失措地逃离了自己的祖国.
②There was a panic when the building caught fire.大楼起火时, 人们一片恐慌.
③She got into a panic when she thought she had forgotten to finish her homework.当她想到忘记做作业时, 顿时惊慌起来.
巧学活用
7－1句子转换
Seeing the building gradually emerged by the flood, people on the top of it panicked.
＝Seeing the building gradually emerged by the flood, people on the top of it ________________.were in a panic＝Seeing the building gradually emerged by the flood, people on the top of it ________________.
8. curious adj.好奇的
(教材原句)But although I was frightened, I also felt very curious, so I put my head round the door. 尽管我害怕, 但也感到好奇, 于是就把头凑向那扇门.
got into a panic归纳拓展
(1)be curious about sth.对……感到好奇
be curious to do sth.因好奇而想做某事
It is curious that...奇怪的是……
(2)curiosity n. 好奇心
out of curiosity 出于好奇
①I was intensely curious to know a lot about Shanghai Expo.
我迫不及待地想了解更多的上海世博会的情况.
②It’s curious that he didn’t tell you.他没有告诉你, 实在反常.
③The boy pushed the door out of curiosity.那个男孩出于好奇推开那扇门.
巧学活用
8－1用curious, eager和anxious填空
我爱那些知道什么时候应该严肃认真, 什么时候应该保持清醒头脑(即使是在焦虑状态下)的人, 而我自己, 则对几乎任何事情都心怀好奇, 并随时渴望着去学习. I love those who know when it’s time to be serious and when it’s time not to be even it is an __________time.As for me, I am ____________ about almost everything and always ____________ to learn.
anxiouscuriouseager9. fright n. 恐惧, 害怕
(教材原句)“He sounds as if he’s going to die of fright！”I thought.“I have to find a way to save him！”
“听起来他就要吓死了, ”我想. “我得设法去救他. ”归纳拓展
①The dog barked and gave him a fright.那只狗的叫声吓了他一跳.
②He was frightened at the thought of the coming exam.
他一想到考试即将来临就感到害怕.
③News of the robberies frightened many people into fitting new locks to their doors.发生抢劫的消息把许多人吓得装上新门锁.
巧学活用
9－1用fright, frighten, frightening, frightened填空
(1)Those kids like making faces to _______________younger babies.
(2)The scientist invented a _____________ monster called Frankenstein.frightenfrightening(3) When he found his room broken into, he had a big__________.
(4)The guy with a scar on the face got the baby __________________.
frightfrightened1. (教材原句)“It looks as if it’ll go under soon, ”Jim said, after a couple of minutes.
几分钟后吉姆说：“看起来它很快就沉下去了. ”
[句法分析] 此处look为系动词, as if引导的从句作表语从句.
①He looks as if he has had a good time.他看起来好像玩得挺开心.
②It sounds as if he has been ill.听起来他好像病了.
归纳拓展
as if既可以引导表语从句又可以引导方式状语从句.
如果从句中的动作发生的可能性大, 用陈述语气; 反之, 则要用虚拟语气. 如果表示：
1)与现在事实相反的虚拟语气, 从句中使用过去时;
2)与过去事实相反的虚拟语气, 从句中使用过去完成时;
3)与将来事实可能相反的虚拟语气, 从句中使用过去将来时.
③It looks as if they were brothers.看起来他们就像亲兄弟一样.
④He behaved as if he had known the bad news.
他表现得就好像已经知道了那个坏消息.
⑤It looks as if man would solve all the environmental problems one day.
看起来好像是人类在将来的某一天会解决所有的环境问题. ,
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)他表现得好像什么事情也没发生过一样.
He behaved as if nothing ______________.
(2)然后他把皮鞋上端的皮子切下来, 就像是切下一块最好的牛排.
Then he cuts off the leather of the top of the shoe as if it ________ the finest steak.
had happenedwere2. (教材原句)So we paddled over and climbed on to the steamboat, keeping as quiet as mice.
于是我们把木筏划了过去, 蹑手蹑脚地, 像耗子一样悄无声息地爬上了汽船.
[句法分析] keeping as quiet as mice悄无声息地, 为现在分词短语作伴随状语. 伴随状语是与谓语动词同时发生的另一个动作. They entered the theatre, talking and laughing.
他们说笑着进了剧院.
现在分词(短语)可以作时间、条件、原因、方式、结果、目的、让步等状语. 要注意以下几点：(1)现在分词的逻辑主语应与句子主语一致.
(2)现在分词的一般时表示分词的动作与主句动作同时发生; 完成时表示分词的动作先于主句动作发生.
(3)现在分词在意思上与逻辑主语是主动关系, 而过去分词与逻辑主语则为被动关系.
①One day, while walking along the sands towards his boat, Crusoe saw in the sand the mark of a man’s foot.有一天, 克鲁索沿着沙滩走向他们的船时, 在沙子里看见一个人的脚印. (时间)
②But later, people developed a way of printing, using rocks.但是后来, 人们利用石块发展了印刷术.
(方式)
③I thought he was making fun of me, and ran faster than ever, reaching (＝so that I reached) the school yard quite out of breath.我想他在拿我开玩笑, 就越发跑得快了, 到达校园时已经上气不接下气了. (结果)④Given more time, we could have done the work better.
再给我们一些时间, 我们能够做得更好.
巧学活用 2－1单句改错
(1)我们入座之后, 运动员开始比赛.
Taking our seats, the players began the game.
→_________________________, the players began the game.
(2)告诉过他多次, 但他仍然不明白.
Having told many times, he still couldn’t understand it.After we took our seats→____________________________, he still couldn’t understand it.
(3)等公交车的时候, 我的头被一块砖砸了一下.
Waiting for a bus, a brick fell on my head.
→Waiting for a bus, ____________by a brick on the head.
Having been told many timesI was hit3. (教材原句)It was quite dark, but I could see a man lying on th floor, tied up with rope. 四周都很黑, 但我能看见一个人被绳子捆着, 躺在地板上.
[句法分析] lying on the floor与tied up with rope都作宾语补足语, a man与lie之间是主谓关系, 故用现在分词形式; 它与tie up之间是被动关系, 故用过去分词形式.
归纳拓展
see后跟省略to的不定式作宾语补足语, 表示发生过的行为.
跟v.-ing形式作宾补一般表示正在发生的动作;
跟过去分词作宾补一般表示被动的、完成的动作.
①I saw him enter the house.我看到他进入了那所房子.
②At dusk people found the boy lying on the ground crying.
傍晚时分人们看到这个男孩躺在地上哭.
③The journalist saw many people caught in the flood.
记者看到许多人困在洪水中.
巧学活用
3－1句式转换
People often saw him help the old man.
＝He was often seen ____________the old man.
人们经常见他帮助这位老人. to help3－2单句改错
(1)We saw him came into the classroom.
_________________________________
(2)The thief was caught stolen in the shop.
____________________________________
came→come/comingstolen→stealing名师微博
see后面接省略to的动词不定式作宾语时, 若用在被动句中, 作为主语补足语的动词不定式应带to. 温馨提示
请做课时作业 Module 3 Section Ⅱ本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件86张PPT。Section Ⅲ Listening, Everyday English and Function & Cultural Corner?Step One：Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1. ______________(n.) 外形; 轮廓
2. ______________(n.) 虚构或幻想出来的事
3.______________ (n.) (影视、音乐)评论
4. ______________(vt.) 强迫; 迫使outlinefictionreview force5. _________(adj.) (描述)生动的; 逼真的
6. ______________(n.) 名誉; 名望; 声望
7. _______________(vt.) 与……相似
8. create (vt.)____________________
9. exception (n.)_________________
10. determined (adj.)_____________
vividreputationresemble 塑造; 创作例外坚决的Ⅱ.重点短语
1. play a trick _______sb. 捉弄某人, 对某人恶作剧
2. make _________编造(说法、解释等)
3. be/feel in______ mood (for sth./to do sth.)
有意(做某事); 有(做某事的)心情
4. set..._____... 设置(戏剧、小说等的)背景
5. make one’s___________ 发财onupthe infortune 6. set ___________出发; 启程
7. out of _____________上气不接下气
8. hang______________ 稍等; 坚持一会
9. get a move _________赶快
10. grab a ___________to eat 随便吃点东西
?Step Two：Fast Reading
阅读The Life of Mark Twain, 完成下列各题.
offbreath on on bite1. From the first paragraph, we can know that ________.
A. Mark Twain’s life was full of adventure
B. Mark Twain was just Huckleberry Finn
C. Mark Twain was not a real man, but an invention
D. Mark Twain was the real name of the authorA2. From the text, we can know that ________.
A. Mark Twain was a college student
B. Mark Twain was born in a rich family and his father left him a lot of fortune
C. Mark Twain left school early and he went to make his own fortune
D. Mark Twain started writing early and made his fortune in CaliforniaC3. Mark Twain decided to take a boat to the Amazon ________.
A. because he could write the book “the Adventure of Huckleberry Finn” there
B. because he wanted to meet Huckleberry Finn there
C. and he arrived in the South America as he wishedDD. but he found no boat there at all and so he had to change his plan
4. From the last passage, we know that ________.
A. Mark Twain started writing when he was still young
B. what Mark Twain started writing about was the life on the riverBC. the author of this text has no interest in Mark Twain’s stories
D. the author believes Mark Twain is still alive
5. From the passage we can see that ________.
A. as many writers, Mark Twain wrote his stories on the basis of his own life experiencesAB. Mark Twain was famous for his stories only in the last century
C. Mark Twain was famous as an American writer but he grew up in Canada
D. Mark Twain used to be a traveler to collect materials for his writing
1. play a trick on 捉弄某人, 对某人恶作剧
(教材原句)He particularly enjoyed playing a trick on the three men.
他特别喜欢和那三个人开玩笑. 归纳拓展
(1)trick vt.欺诈; 欺骗 n. 把戏
trick sb.into (doing) sth.设计欺骗某人做某事
trick sb.out of sth.骗走某人某物
(2)play a joke/jokes on sb.取笑某人; 跟某人开玩笑
make fun of sb.取笑某人
make a fool of sb.愚弄某人
①It is bad manners to play a trick on the disabled.捉弄残疾人是不礼貌的.
②They tricked the old man into signing the contract.
他们欺骗那位老人在合同上签了字.
③They made fun of her because she wore such strange clothes.
他们取笑她穿着如此怪异的衣服.
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)On April 1st people try to ________________ (捉弄) others in some countries.
(2)In some formal occasions, you’d better not ________________ (和……开玩笑) someone.play a trick onplay a joke on1－2翻译句子
I suddenly realized that I was being made a fool of.
______________________________________
2. make up 编造(说法、解释等); 讲和; 弥
补, 偿还; 补足, 凑足; 化妆, 打扮; 配制;
铺床, 整理; 组成, 构成我突然意识到我正在被人愚弄. (教材原句)I decided to go to the next village and make up a story about the steamboat. 我决定去下一个村子, 并且编造一个关于这艘汽船的故事.
归纳拓展
①He made up some excuses about his daughter being sick.
他编造了一些借口, 说他的女儿病倒了.
②The quarrel was only about a trivial matter, but it was years before they made it up.争吵只是为了一件小事, 但是过了多年他们才言归于好. ③Vitamin pills make up what you lack in your diet.
维生素丸可补充你饮食中所缺乏的营养.
④It didn’t take her long to make up.她很快就化好妆了.
巧学活用
2－1完成句子
(1)Their father is good at ________________ bed time stories.
(2)Nothing can ________________ what they have suffered.
(3)Our class ________________ 16 girls and 18 boys.making upmake up foris made up of2－2单项填空
(2012·舟山高二检测)The driver started to speed up to ________ for the hour he had lost in the traffic jam.
A. keep up B. take up
C. make up D. catch up解析：选C. 考查词组辨析. make up for意思是“补偿, 弥补”. 句意：司机开始加速来弥补交通堵塞所耽搁的时间. keep up“保持, 维持, 跟上”; take up“拿起, 占用, 接受”; catch up“赶上, 追上”, 均不合题意.
3. disturb vt.打扰; 搅乱, 弄乱; 使焦虑
(教材原句)“Who is it disturbing me at this time of night？” said the captain.
“深更半夜的是谁在打扰我？”船长问. 归纳拓展
①Sorry to disturb you, but I have an important message for you.
对不起, 打搅了. 但我有重要信息要告诉你.
②Don’t disturb the papers on my desk.不要把桌上的文件弄乱了.
[易混辨析] disturb, bother, trouble
③Don’t disturb him; he is sleeping.不要打搅他, 他在睡觉.
④His phoning me all the time bothers me a lot.他老是打电话给我, 使我厌烦得很.
⑤Don’t interrupt me while I’m busy.不要打扰我, 我正忙着呢.
巧学活用
3－1语境填空
她打断我的话说：“我打扰你们一会儿行吗？我无意偷听你们的谈话, 但是你们刚才所说的真的令我很不安. ”
“May I ________ you for a moment？” She ______________ me.“I didn’t mean to listen to your conversation, disturbinterruptedbut what you two talked just now really ________ me so much.”
3－2单项填空
It is not polite to _____ when someone is talking to you.
A. disturb B. interrupt
C. correct D. preventbother解析：选B. disturb“打扰, 扰乱”; interrupt“打断”; correct“改正, 纠正”; prevent“防止, 阻止”. 句意：有人和你说话时打断别人是不礼貌的.
4. be/feel in the mood (for sth./to do sth.)
有意(做某事); 有(做某事的)心情
(教材原句)Which film doesn’t Billy feel in the mood for?
比利没有心情看哪部电影？
归纳拓展
be in a good/bad mood情绪好/不好
be in no mood for (doing) sth./to do sth.
没有做某事的心思或兴致
moody adj.发怒的, 情绪不好的
①He is worried about his test, so he is in no mood for telling jokes.
他在担心他的考试, 所以没有心情开玩笑.
②Hi！You are in a good mood this morning!
你好！今天早晨心情不错啊！
③We’d better not disturb her; she has been moody all day. 我们最好不要去打扰她; 她一整天都情绪不好.
巧学活用 4－1单句改错
(1)She has been in the mood all day.________
(2)She was in a mood for a romantic walk in the woods._________________
4－2完成句子
天气好的时候, 我很乐意打扫卫生.
I’m _______________________________ on a sunny day.
the→a第一个a→thein the mood to do some cleaning5. resemble vt.与……相似; 像
(教材原句)Often the lives of writers resemble the lives of the characters they create.作家的生活往往和他们创造的人物的生活很相似.
归纳拓展
①She resembles her mother in the way she moves her hands when she talks.
她说话时打手势的动作像她妈妈.
②They resemble each other in shape but not in color.它们形状相似, 但颜色不同.
[易混辨析] resemble, similar, alike
③The plant resembles grass in appearance.这种植物的外形像草.
④My house is similar to his in size.我的房子与他的大小差不多.
⑤They tried to treat all their children alike.他们尽量对自己的孩子一视同仁.
巧学活用
5－1用resemble, similar或alike的适当形式
填空
(1)The keyboards of a typewriter and a computer are much ________.
(2)My teaching style is ________to that of most other teachers’. alikesimilar(3)No animals in other parts of the world ________________ kangaroos.
名师微博
resemble不用于进行时态和被动语态; 且resemble是及物动词, 本身已含有“与……”的意思, 故不必再加with.
resemble6. warn vt.警告
(教材原句)“Mark Twain”, which means “watermark two”, was a call used by sailors on the Mississippi to warn shipmates that they were coming into shallow water.
“马克·吐温”意为“水深2英尺”, 是密西西比河上的水手们用来警告同伴即将进入浅水区的一种称呼.
归纳拓展
①Mother warned her daughter against staying with/to stay away from the dog.
母亲提醒她女儿要离狗远点.
②His staff warned him the possible consequence.他的职员提醒他可能出现的后果. ③I gave him a warning that he would be punished if he didn’t obey the rules.
我警告过他, 如果他不遵守规则, 他会受到惩罚的.
巧学活用
6－1完成句子
(1)气象台警告人们说要有暴风雨了.
The weather station _____________________ a storm was coming.
(2)我告诫孩子们不要在薄冰上行走.
I __________ the children ______________ on the thin ice.Warned people that warnednot to walk(3)那座桥在没有任何先兆的情况下坍塌了.
The bridge collapsed without ______________.
6－2单项填空
(4)I ________ him of the opposite ideas he would meet.
A. Warned B. threatened
C. Treated D. threadedany warning解析：选A. 考查动词辨析. 句意：我提醒
他会遇到反对意见. threaten恐吓; treat对待; thread穿针; warn sb.of sth.警告某人提防……, 故选A.
7.determined adj.坚决的, 有决心的; 果断的
(教材原句)He left school early, and as an adolescent, determined to make his fortune in South America, set off from his home in Hannibal, Missouri, for New Orleans.
他很早就离开了学校, 还是青少年时就下决心要去南美洲碰运气了, 于是他离开家乡密苏里州的汉尼拔, 动身去了新奥尔良.
(1)determined
归纳拓展
①He determined to realize his dream.他决心实现自己的梦想.
②After three hours’ persuasion, his parents determined him to finish this hard task.经过三个小时的劝说, 他的父母使他下定决心去完成这项艰难的任务. ,
③He is a man of great determination.他是一个意志坚强的人.
[易混辨析] determine to do, be determined to do
(2)set off出发, 启程; 使开始; 使爆炸
归纳拓展①I’ll set off early to avoid the traffic.我要早些出发以避开交通拥堵.
②We set off for London just after ten.刚过十点, 我们就动身去伦敦了.
③The senator’s statement set off a heated debate at once.
参议员的声明立刻引起了激烈的辩论.
巧学活用
7－1完成句子
(1)我们决心在周五前完成这项工作.
We ____________________ get the work done before Friday.
(2)我们已决定在周五前完成这项工作.
We _____________________to get the work done before Friday.
are determined tohave determined7－2单项填空
________ to give his mother a surprise, Tom arrived home ahead of time.
A. Determined
B. Determining
C. Having determined
D. To determine解析：选A. 考查非谓语动词. 句意：决定给他母亲一个惊喜, 汤姆提前回了家. determined to do sth.形容词短语作目的状语. 故选A.
7－3语境填空
如果你真的想着手寻找一个解决这个棘手问题的办法, 那你就非常有必要在我们启程去欧洲之前着手采取些行动. If you really want to __________________ a solution to this tough matter, it is necessary for you to _________________ some actions before we ______________ Europe.
7－4翻译句子
People often set off fireworks on festivals.
______________________________________
set about findingset out to take set off for过节的时候人们常放鞭炮. 8. force v. 强迫, 迫使
(教材原句)Forced to change his plans, he worked for several years as a pilot on a steamboat, taking passengers up and down the Mississippi, the great river which flows from the north of the US near the Canadian border, down to the Gulf of Mexico.迫不得已他只好改变了计划, 在一艘汽船上
当了好几年的领航员, 在密西西比河上运送
乘客, 这条大河从靠近加拿大边境的美国北
部一直向南流向墨西哥湾.
归纳拓展
(1)force sb.to do sth.＝force sb.into doing sth.
强迫某人做某事
force sth.on sb.把……强加于某人
(2)force n. 力; 力量; 武力, 暴力, 军队
come into force开始生效; 开始实施
bring sth.into force开始生效; 开始实施
by force用武力
①The financial crisis forced many companies to close down.
经济危机迫使很多公司倒闭.
②You can’t force others into accepting your ideas.你不能强迫别人接受你的观点.
③When do the new regulations come into force？新规章什么时候开始执行？
[易混辨析] energy, force, power, strength
④You’ll need to apply all your energy to this job.
你需要把全部精力投入到这项工作中去.
⑤Generally speaking, we shouldn’t treat these naughty boys by force.
一般来说, 我们不应该用武力对待这些淘气的孩子. ⑥Congress has the power to declare war.
国会有权宣战.
⑦A washing machine is a saver of time and strength.洗衣机省时又省力.
巧学活用
8－1选词填空(用force, strength, power, energy填空)
(1)She was killed by the ________ of a blow.
(2)Knowledge is ______________.
(3)The boy is so full of __________ that he can’t keep still.
(4)I haven’t the ____________to lift the heavy stone.forcepowerenergystrength8－2单项填空
Fewer violent cases have happened here since the special new law ________.
A. went into power
B. came into force
C. brought into practice
D. put into effect解析: 选B. 根据“很少有暴力案件发生”可知,
从句部分应表示“自从新的特别法律生效以
来”. come into force意为“生效, 起作用”. C项
和D项语态错误.
1. (教材原句)He arrived in New Orleans without a penny in his pocket only to find that there were no boats for South America.
他身无分文地来到新奥尔良, 结果却发现没有开往南美洲的船了. [句法分析] 在本句中only to find that是不定式作句子的结果状语, 含有“出人意料的结果”之意, 前面常有only或never之类的词语.
①He went to school without breakfast, only to find that the gate was locked.
他没吃早饭就去上学了, 结果发现大门还锁
着
归纳拓展
v. -ing形式与不定式作结果状语：
(1)v.-ing形式作结果状语时表示句子主干中的动作与状语中的动作之间具有必然的因果关系, 通常放在句末. 使用v.-ing形式作结果状语时, 其逻辑主语必须与句子的主语保持
一致(2)不定式作结果状语通常表示一种出乎意料的结果, 且可在不定式前加only或never, 用来强调惊讶和失望的意思. ②The old man went back home late, only to find the door open.
老人回家很晚, 结果却发现门开着.
③European football is played in more than 80 countries, making it the most popular game in the world.80多个国家都踢欧式足球, 使得它成为世界上最流行的运动.
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)2010上海世博会的成功召开, 带来了世界各地的新的思想和新的科学技术.
The 2010 Shanghai Expo has been successful, ______________ new thoughts and new technologies all over the world.bringing(2)他醒来发现自己在医院里.
He woke up _____________ himself in hospital.
1－2单项填空
The girl came ________ to the cinema only ____________ the tickets had been sold out.
A. to run; telling
B. running; to be toldonly to findC. and ran; being told
D. running; to tell
解析：选B. 考查非谓语动词. 第一个空为came的伴随状语, 第二个空为不定式作结果状语, 表意外, 且与主语the girl之间存在动宾关系, 故应用不定式的被动式.
2. (教材原句)Forced to change his plans, he worked for several years as a pilot on a steamboat, taking passengers up and down the Mississippi, the great river which flows from the north of the US near the Canadian border, down to the Gulf of Mexico.迫不得已他只好改变了计划, 在一艘汽船上当了好几年领航员, 在密西西比河上运送乘客, 这条大河从美国北部的加拿大边界附近流向墨西哥湾. [句法分析] 本句较长, 结构较为复杂. 其中forced to change his plans作原因状语, 而taking passengers up and down the Mississippi作伴随状语, forced和taking的逻辑主语均为he; the great river which flows...是the Mississippi的同位语, 其中包含which引导的定语从句.
①Faced with so much trouble, we failed to complete the task on time.
由于面对的困难太多, 我们没能够按时完成任务.
归纳拓展
分词作状语时, 分词的逻辑主语必须与句子的主语保持一致; 过去分词和主语含有逻辑上的动宾关系. 分词短语作状语时, 可以表示时间、原因、结果、条件、让步、方式、伴随等.
②The teacher came into the lab, followed by some students.
老师走进实验室, 后面跟着一些学生. (表伴随)
③Told many times, he still repeated the same mistake.
尽管被告知多次, 他仍犯同样的错误. (表让步)④Hearing the news, they immediately set off for Shanghai.
听到这个消息, 他们立即出发到上海去了. (表时间)
巧学活用
2－1完成句子
(1)从远处看, 这条山脉像一头狮子.
____________a distance, the mountain looked like a lion.
(2)打扫完房间, 我们开始在花园里除草.
__________________ the rooms we began to weed the garden.Seen from Having cleaned(3)他坐在那里听见她正在上楼.
He sat there ______________her climbing the stairs.
listening to温馨提示
请做课时作业 Module 3 Section Ⅲ
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件62张PPT。Section Ⅳ Grammar & Writing1.
2.
3.
4.
When you are angry, you must keep friendly.
When you get worried, please don’t look heavy.
When you feel happy, don’t seem like a baby.
复习动词(三)
一、不定式作宾语、宾语补足语
1. 不定式作宾语
(1)能用不定式作宾语的动词常见的有：want, hope, wish, offer, fail, plan, learn, pretend, refuse, manage, help, agree, promise, prefer, warn, request等. She pretended not to see me when I came in.
当我进来时, 她假装没有看见我.
I hope to go to Shanghai this summer.
我希望今年夏天去上海.
He asked to be sent to work in Tibet.
他要求被派到西藏工作.
【点津】不定式的逻辑主语是不定式所表示的动作的承受者时, 需用不定式的被动语态
(2)不定式作介词的宾语, 常见的有but和
except(除了). 如but或except前有实义动词do的某种形式时, 不定式要省略to, 反之, 不省.
“疑问词＋不定式”常作介词的宾语. I have nothing to do but sit here.
除了坐在这里我什么也没做.
He has no choice but to stay there.
他除了待在那里, 别无选择.
Can you give me some advice on how to work out the problem?
关于如何解决这个问题你能给我一些建议
吗？(3)不定式还可以用在形容词后作宾语, 如：glad, sorry, pleased, willing, determined, eager, anxious, sure等.
He is determined to leave his homeland and go abroad to study further.
他决心离开祖国出国深造.
Mary is eager to see her pen friend.
玛丽渴望见到她的笔友.
2. 不定式作宾语补足语
(1)跟不定式作宾语补足语的动词有：advise, allow, beg, tell, ask, order, persuade, cause, force, forbid, invite, request, want, warn等.
Do you want me to help you?
你需要我帮忙吗？
Tell the boys not to play in the street.
告诉男孩子们不要在街上玩. (2)有些动词如make, let, have, see, watch, hear, notice等用不带to的不定式作宾语补
足语, 但改为被动语态时, 不定式要加to.
I often hear him sing this song.
我经常听到他唱这首歌. (主动)
He is often heard to sing this song.
(人们)经常听到他唱这首歌. (被动)
二、v.-ing形式作宾语、宾语补足语
1. v.-ing形式作宾语
跟v.-ing形式作宾语的动词(短语)有：enjoy, admit, avoid, escape, consider(考虑), delay, put off, give up, advise, suggest, dislike, mind, miss, practise, risk, appreciate等.
I enjoy watching TV.What about you?
我喜欢看电视. 你呢？The doctor suggested his giving up smoking.
医生建议他戒烟.
【点津】 v. -ing形式作某些动词的宾语时, 如果还带有宾语补足语, 须先用it作形式宾语, 而把v.-ing形式放到宾补之后. 常见的词有：find, feel, consider等.
He feels it no use telling her about it.
他觉得告诉她这件事情是徒劳无益的. 2. v.-ing形式作宾语补足语
以下动词后可用v.-ing形式作宾语补足语：see, hear, watch, find, get, keep, notice, listen to, look at, leave, catch等.
He kept the car waiting at the gate.
他让车在门口等着.
Tom’s father saw him sitting on the eggs.
汤姆的父亲看到他正坐在鸡蛋上. He was caught stealing in the station.
他被看到在车站里偷东西.
【辨析】 不定式和v.-ing形式作宾语补足语
在感官动词see, watch, hear, notice等和使役动词have后的宾语补足语后可用这两种形式. 用v.-ing形式时表示其动作正在进行; 而用不带to的不定式, 表示的是一个动作的过程. I heard him singing in the room.
我听见他在屋里正唱歌.
I heard him sing in the room.
我听见他在屋里唱过歌.
【助记】省略to的不定式作宾补
宾补省to共十个, 一觉二听三个让, 四个看要记清楚. 如果主动变被动, 符号to要紧跟上.
三、动词-ing形式和动词-ed形式作定语、表语
1. 动词-ing形式和动词-ed形式的区别
(1)在语态上：v.-ing形式表示主动; v.-ed形式表示被动.
(2)在时态上：v.-ing形式表示的动作往往是正在进行; v.-ed形式表示的动作已经完成. Do you know the girl (who is) dancing with your brother?
你认识和你哥哥跳舞的那个女孩子吗？
The stolen car (the car which was stolen) was found by the police last week.
这辆被偷的车上周被警察找到了.
2. 形容词化的动词-ing形式和动词-ed形式的区别：(1)v.-ing形式作定语时通常修饰的是指物或事的名词; 作表语时它的主语通常也是事或物.
(2)v.-ed形式作定语时通常所修饰的是人; 作表语时它的主语也通常是人.
Hearing the exciting news, she was too excited to say a word.听到这个令人兴奋的消息, 她激动得一句话也说不出来.
四、连系动词
连接主语, 表示主语身份、性质、状态的动
词, 称为连系动词(linking verbs). 连系动词词
义不完整, 必须和表语一起构成主系表句型
常见的表示状态的连系动词有：be, look,
seem, appear, smell, taste, sound, feel, sit,
stand, lie, keep, stay, remain等.
表示转换或结果的连系动词常见的有：become, get, grow, turn, go, come, fall, prove等.
The park looks very beautiful.
公园看起来很漂亮.
She always keeps silent whenever I see her.
每当我看到她, 她总是保持沉默.
After graduation, she turned nurse.
毕业之后她当了护士.
Ⅰ.用所给词的适当形式填空
1. It’s important ____________(learn) some skills of communicating.
2. You can’t imagine how ____________
(excite)they were when they received these nice presents.to learnexcited3. The actor was so ____________(interest)
that he had us ____________(laugh)all the time when we were chatting.
4. His wife doesn’t allow ____________
(smoke)in the room and often advises him to give up ____________(smoke).
5. Which do you enjoy ____________(spend) your weekends,interestinglaughingsmokingsmokingto spend ____________ (fish) or ____________ (watch) TV?
6. Shanghai is a beautiful city, so he decided ____________(stay)for another two days.
7. Few had expected the result ___________
(be) as ___________(surprise)as it turned out to be.fishingwatchingto stayto besurprising8. The story-teller was telling the children a ___________(frighten)story in a __________ (frighten)voice that the children were all _______________ (frighten).
9. —Do you know anything about the meeting ____________(hold) in Beijing?
—Yes, and as a matter of fact I attended it.frighteningfrighteningfrightenedheld10. —What are you doing, Bob?
—I’m examining the article I have just finished ____________ (correct) the possible mistakes in it.
Ⅱ.从方框中选出一个适当的系动词并用其正确形式填空
to correct1. She _________very young for her age.
2. It’s ____________dark.Let’s go home.
3. That ____________a good idea.
4. The soup ____________delicious.
5. His answer ____________to be correct.
6. Don’t make any noise.Please __________
quiet.looksgettingsoundssmellsseemskeep7. My brother ____________a PLA man in 1995.
8. We should always ____________modest and prudent.
9. Tom _________hungry and tired after a whole day’s work.
10. Her face ____________red when she heard the news.
becameremainfeltturnedⅢ.单项填空
1. (2011·高考课标全国卷)The next thing he saw was smoke ________ from behind the house.
A. rose B. rising
C. to rise D. risen解析：选B. 句意：随后, 他看见烟从房子后面冒出来. 本题考查非谓语动词作定语, 修饰smoke, 故排除A项(谓语动词); C项表将来; D项表已完成的动作; 逻辑主语smoke与非谓语动词间为主动关系, 而且动作正在进行, 故答案为B项.
2. (2011·高考天津卷)Passengers are permitted ________ only one piece of hand luggage onto the plane.
A. to carry B. carrying
C. to be carried D. being carried解析：选A. 句意：旅客只被允许带一件手提
行李登机. 本题考查非谓语动词作主语补足
语. permit sb.to do sth.允许某人做某事, 其被
动语态为：sb.be permitted to do sth.某人被
允许做某事, 所以A项正确. 注意permit的另
一用法：permit doing sth.允许做某事.
3. (2011·高考重庆卷)Michael put up a picture of Yao Ming beside the bed to keep himself ________ of his own dreams.
A. reminding B. to remind
C. reminded D. remind
解析：选C. 句意：迈克尔把姚明的画像挂在床边, 目的是提醒自己记住自己的梦想. 本题考查非谓语动词作宾补. 宾语himself与remind为逻辑上的被动关系, 故答案为C项.
4. Some people eat with their eyes.They prefer to order what ________ nice.
A. looks B. smells
C. feels D. tastes
解析: 选A. 考查连系动词. look“看起来”;
smell“闻起来”; feel“摸起来”; taste“尝
起来”. 根据前一句句意“用眼睛……”可
知, 应该选择A项.
5. Having a trip abroad is certainly good for the old scientist, but it remains ________ whether he will enjoy it.
A. seeing B. to be seen
C. to see D. seen解析：选B. 考查不定式. 句意：出国旅行对
那位老科学家当然很好, 但还要看他是否喜
欢. remain作“尚待”解, 要接不定式作表语,
it是形式主语, 指代whether he will enjoy it. see与it之间是动宾关系, 因此用不定式的被动
式. it remains to be seen是习惯用语, 意为
“还要看情况发展”.
6. (2012·漳州高二检测)He managed to make himself ________with his _________English.
understand; breaking
B. understand; broken
C. understood; breaking
D. understood; broken解析：选D. 句意：他说着磕磕巴巴的英语成功地让别人明白他的意思. 宾语himself与动词understand之间是逻辑上的被动关系, 故用过去分词作宾语补足语; break与English之间也是逻辑上的被动关系, 故用过去分词形式作定语, 故选D项.
7. (2012·双流中学高二考试)________ to give up smoking, he threw away his ________cigarettes.
A. Determined; remained
B. Determined; remaining
C. Determining; remained
D. Determining; remaining解析：选B. be determined to do sth.结构作状语总用determined to形式. remaining表示“剩下的”.
8. (2012·衡阳市八中高二月考)________ in a cheongsam with Chinese dragon and phoenix embroidered (刺绣) on, Fan Bingbing looked like a queen and made herself ____________ successfully.Dressing; noticing
B. Dressed; noticed
C. Wearing; noticing
D. Worn; noticed
解析：选B. be dressed in结构作状语, 常用
dressed in, make herself noticed表示使她自
己被别人注意到, noticed作宾补, 表示被动
9. (2012·温州市楠江中学高二月考)The headmaster was much surprised to find the fence around the playground he had had ____________________was broken again.
A. repairing B. it repaired
C. repaired D. to be repaired解析：选C. he had had ________was broken again是定语从句, 句中第一个had构成过去完成时, 第二个had是实义动词, 表示“使……”, 构成了have sth.done结构.
10. (2012·菏泽市郓城一中高二模块考试)
________in the traffic jam, he got to school very late this morning.
A. Having caught B. CatchingC. Being caught D. Caught
解析：选D. caught是catch的被动形式, 不是过去式. 这句话是省略形式, 完整的表达是：He was caught in the traffic jam, 若用完整形式与下一句中间要用and来连接. 本题两句话中间用的是逗号, 只能用省略形式, 省去“He was”, 不可以只省去主语而把was变成being.
如何写好影评
写作要求
请根据以下要点提示, 写一篇关于电影《泰坦尼克号》的影评.
1. 《泰坦尼克号》是由James Cameron导演的一部反映Rose与Jack爱情故事的影片. 2. 当大船撞上冰山(iceberg)开始沉入水里时, Rose放弃了生还的希望和Jack一起等待死亡的来临.
3. 泰坦尼克号真实地演绎了一幕幕感人的场面：家人、朋友, 在危难降临之际的表现.
4. 你的感受……
审题谋篇
词汇突破
1. 导演________
2. 下沉________
3. 幸存, 生还________
4. 放弃________
5. 感人的________
6. 演绎, 创造________
directsinksurvivegive upmovingcreate写作要点
1. Titanic ____________James Cameron tells a love story of Rose and Jack.
《泰坦尼克号》是由James Cameron导演的一部反映Rose与Jack爱情故事的影片.
2. Rose放弃了生还的希望和Jack一起等待死亡的来临. directed byRose ________________________________
and stayed with Jack ____________ the death coming.
3. 它使我们真实地感受到在那一时刻在泰坦尼克号上的人们的感受.
It ____________truly ____________ how the people on the Titanic were feeling at that exact moment.
gave up the chance of surviving waiting formade usfeel佳作欣赏
①Titanic directed by James Cameron tells a love story of Rose and Jack.②I personally find it the greatest movie I’ve seen.
③My favourite part of the film is that after the super ship hit the iceberg and sank into the deep sea, Rose gave up the chance of surviving and stayed with Jack waiting for the death coming.④This love story created sympathy in which we felt for Jack and Rose.⑤It made us truly feel how the people on the Titanic were feeling at that exact moment.⑥Families, loved ones and friends were being torn apart.⑦We were deeply involved in the feelings the director created.⑧The film brought our thought of the meaning of the life: what is the most important in our life？⑨It also told us a truth: we must cherish our life.
名师点津
【美文点津】
(1)全文共分三段. 第一段介绍了电影的导演和主题内容.
(2)第二、三段分析了电影所表现的主题思想, 以及这部电影对我们现实生活的指导意义.
详评：
(1)句④⑥⑦⑨使用了高级词汇sympathy, be torn apart, be involved in, cherish;
(2)句①中用到了过去分词作定语, 句②中出现了find复合宾语. (3)文中还使用了一些高级句法结构, 增强了文章的可读性. 例如：
句③中Rose gave up the chance of surviving and stayed with Jack waiting for the death coming.中的现在分词作状语.
句④中created sympathy in which we felt for...中的定语从句.
句⑤中It made us truly feel how...的宾语从句
【类文点津】
1. 影评的写作结构.
一般来说, 影评属于夹叙夹议的议论文. 这种文体主要以一般现在时态介绍剧情内容及发表自己的看法. 什么时候观看或该电影曾获得什么奖项可转入过去时态. 人称通常采用
第一、第三人称. 【基本格式】 影视评论适宜用“三段式”写法.
第一段：简介背景(setting). 对电影的名称、特点、导演等作简单介绍.
第二段：情节概述(main plot of the film). 包括主要演员及故事梗概. 电影简介不宜太长, 只需把自己要评论的内容突出即可. 第三段：观后感受, 发表评论(making comments/review in some way). 可以选择性地从不同角度对电影的主题、情节、人物形象的塑造、语言风格、演员的演技、画面特点、环境、颜色的搭配及拍摄理念的使用等方面有针对性地发表个人看法, 但不要面面俱到. 最后对电影总体评价.
2. 【常用表达】 (1)对影片的概述
The film was directed by...
The film tells us a real story.
The film...directed by...is a story about...
The film...is set in...
The film is a love (romantic/moving) story.
(2)对影片的积极评价
This is a very touching film, a must-see.
...give an amazing performance in the film.
My favorite part of the film is...
(3)对影片的消极评价
However, many people have complained that the film...
Another common complaint is that the film...
I’m disappointed with the film because...
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件20张PPT。单元盘点Module 3 Adventure in Literature and the CinemaMark Twain, one of America’s greatest writers, ①______________ his reputation for his great works.His novel, The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn, set in the USA in the 19th century, is in fact his ②_____________
rather than a fiction he had created.establishedbiographyThat is, his own life resembled the lives of the characters he ③______________.As an adolescent, Mark Twain was determined to make his fortune.He set off from his hometown to South America.Unfortunately, he was forced to stay on a steamboat to work as a ④__________ for several years.made uppilotTwain’s vivid and amusing accounts of life on the river still make people feel in the mood to read the novel now.The novel has won countless ⑤___________ in the world.Here is a part of this novel.
The main character, Huck, and his companion, Jim, ⑥_______________.reviewsran awayThey sailed down the Mississippi River on a raft.Because the rain poured down, they were staying inside the ⑦___________when Huck saw a steamboat in the middle of the river.He also heard a man’s angry answer “You’re ⑧___________”. Jim felt very frightened and panicked, while Huck felt a little curious and crawled to the steamboat.shelterlyingHe saw a man with ⑨___________ beating another man, tied up with rope.Huck decided to save the injured.He
⑩_________________anddisturbed that man with beard.The two boys and the injured man paddled away to a safe place.
beardplayed a trick on 马克·吐温, 美国最伟大的作家之一, 通过他伟大的作品建立了自己的名声. 他的小说《哈克贝利·费恩历险记》, 以19世纪的美国为背景, 实际上是他的自传, 而不是他创造的虚构小说 也就是说, 他的生活类似于他所虚构的人物的生活. 作为一名青少年, 马克·吐温下定决心要赚大钱. 他从家乡出发去南美洲. 不幸的是, 他被迫呆在—艘汽艇上当了好几年的引航员. 吐温生动有趣的河上生活的描述现在仍然使人们想要去阅读这部小说. 这部小说在世界上好评如潮. 下面是其中的一个片段. 小说的主人公哈克和他的同伴吉姆逃跑了.
他们在一艘木筏上沿着密西西比河顺流而下. 因为大雨滂沱, 他们呆在一个遮蔽物下, 正在这时哈克看到河中间有一艘汽艇. 他还听到一个男人愤怒的回答“你在撒谎”. 吉姆感到既惊慌又害怕, 而哈克感到有点好奇. 他爬到汽艇上, 看到一个有胡须的男子正在打一个被绳子捆着的人. 哈克决定救这个受伤的人. 他捉弄并且干扰了那个有胡须的人. 这两个男孩和那个受伤的人将船划到了一个安全的地方. 链接一 warn
(教材原句P29)“Mark Twain”, which means “watermark two”, was a call used by sailors on the Mississippi to warn shipmates that they were coming into shallow water.“马克·吐温”意思是“水深二英尺”, 这是密西西比河上的水手们用来警告正在进入浅水区(安全通行)的同船水手们的口号.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考大纲全国卷)Mary, I ________John of his promise to help you.
A. Told B. reminded
C. warned D. advised
选B. 本题考查动词短语搭配. 句意：玛丽, 约翰承诺要帮助你, 我提醒过他. remind sb.of sth.使某人想起某事或提醒某人做某事, 符合语境, 故B项为正确答案. warn sb.of sth.警告某人某事; advise sb.of sth.通知/(正式)告知某人某事, 相当于tell sb.about sth.. 链接二 panic
(教材原句P22)When he heard these words, Jim panicked and ran to the raft.
当吉姆听到这些话时, 他惊慌了并跑向木筏.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考湖北卷)“Tommy, run！Be quick！The house is on fire！”the mother shouted, with________ clearly in her voice.
A. Anger B. rudeness
C. regret D. panic
选D. 句意：“汤米, 快跑！快点！房子着火
了！”妈妈大声喊叫道. 她的声音里显然带着恐慌. 考查名词辨析. 房间着火了, 妈妈叫孩子赶紧跑出来, 从这些信息看, 本空应选D, 表示“恐慌, 惊恐”. A：愤怒; B：粗鲁, 粗暴; C.懊悔, 遗憾, 抱歉. 以上三项都不符合句意.
链接三 curious
(教材原句P22)But although I was frightened, I also felt very curious, so I put my head round the door.
而尽管我很害怕, 但还是感到十分好奇, 于是就把头凑向了那扇门.
[高考例证]
(2010·高考天津卷)People have always been ________ about exactly how life on earth began.
A. curious B. excited
C. anxious D. careful
选A. 句意：人们总是对生命的起源感到好奇. curious“好奇的”, 符合句意. excited“兴奋的”; anxious“焦虑的, 不安的”; careful“
仔细的, 小心的”.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件11张PPT。Module 3 Adventure in Literature and the Cinema教材背景链接
你一定学习过《百万英镑》和《汤姆·索亚历险记》！
它们的作者是一个优秀的作家, 一个优秀的演说家,
近代幽默文学的泰斗！
代表美国文学的世界一流作家！他是怀有赤子之心的顽童, 亦是仗义执剑的骑士！
美国文学中的林肯——马克·吐温
Summary on The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn
Although probably no other work of American literature has been the source of so much controversy, Mark Twain’s The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn is regarded by many as the greatest literary achievement America has yet produced.Inspired by many of the author’s own experiences as a river-boat pilot, the book tells of two runaways—a white boy and a black man—and their journey down the mighty Mississippi River.When the book first appeared, it scandalized reviewers and parents who thought it would corrupt young children with its depiction of a hero who lies, steals, and uses coarse language.In the last half of the twentieth century, the condemnation of the book has continued on the grounds that its portrayal of Jim and use of the word “nigger” is racist.The novel continues to appear on lists of books banned in schools across the country.
Nevertheless, from the beginning The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn was also recognized as a book that would revolutionize American literature.The strong point of view, skillful depiction of dialects, and confrontation of issues of race and prejudice have inspired critics to dub it “the great American novel”. Nobel Prize-winning author Ernest Hemingway claimed in The Green Hills of Africa (1935), for example, that “All modern American literature comes from one book by Mark Twain called Huck Finn.There was nothing before.There has been nothing as good since.”
新课导入
《哈克贝利·费恩历险记》主人公是在
《汤姆·索亚历险记》中就跟大家见面的哈
克贝利·费恩. 他是一个聪明、善良、勇敢的白人少年. 他为了追求自由的生活, 逃亡到密西西比河上并遇到了黑奴吉姆的经历. 《哈克贝利·费恩历险记》持久不衰的魅力, 源于马克·吐温的叙述视角——透过一个十三四岁的孩子的眼睛来观察世界, 来告诉我们：人应当学会自我救赎, 做个自由的人, 有独立思想和独立精神. 生命是一株植物, 应该让它自由生长, 使它枝叶舒展, 它才能焕发生命的光彩.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件28张PPT。Module 4 CarnivalModule 4 CarnivalSection Ⅰ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Warming Up?Step One：Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1．_____________ (n.)杂乱; 混乱
2．_____________ (vt.) 延长
3．_____________ (vt.) 复兴; 再兴起
4．_____________ (adj.) 优美的; 高雅的
5．_____________ (n.) 魅力; 魔力confusionextendreviveelegantmagic6．_________________ (n.) 记忆
7．_________________ (vi.) 假装
8．_________________ (vi.) 漫步; 闲逛
9．calendar (n.)__________________
10．dove (n.)____________________
memorypretendwander日历; 月历鸽子Ⅱ.重点短语
1．____________an end 完结
2．dress _______装扮; 打扮
3．____________ fun 玩得很愉快
4．on __________连续地
5．___________ back to 追溯到(某个时候)
6．___________ secret 秘密地
7．___________ memory of 为了纪念……Come to uphaveend dateinin8．pass __________传递
9．come _________脱落
?Step Two：Fast Reading
Ⅰ.Read the text and answer the following questions.
Carnival is very popular in western countries. People enjoy themselves in Carnival. onoffTo know more about Carnival, read the text and then find answers to the following questions.
1．Where does Carnival come from？What does it mean?
_____________________________________
_____________________________________Carnival comes from Europe, meaning “no more meat”．2．What’s your general impression of Carnival?
______________________________________
______________________________________
Ⅱ.Match the main idea with every paragraph.( )
Whenever you think of carnival, you may think of crowds, costumes, and confusion.1～6 CAEBFDParagraph 1 A：the meaning of carnival and how it was celebrated
Paragraph 2 B：the law about wearing masks
Paragraph 3 C：general impression of carnival
Paragraph 4 D：how it is celebrated today in Venice and the feature of itParagraph 5 E：carnival in Venice and the problem it caused
Paragraph 6 F：the revival of the tradition of celebrating it
Ⅲ.Scan the text and choose the best answers.
1．At the beginning, the festival carnival was held ________.
A．to follow the tradition of Venice people
B．to enjoy themselves at the end of the winter season
C．to wear masks in order not to be recognisedBD．to remember the two Latin words
2．The purpose of people wearing masks during the festival was that________.
A．they wanted to add to the mystery of the festival
B．the poor wanted to act as rich and important peopleAC．they wanted to break the law without being punished
D．they wanted to have romantic adventures
3．Which of the following is TRUE about the ban of masks in Venice?( )
A．People may wear masks only in the daytime.AB．People were allowed to enter a church with masks on.
C．Few people were allowed to dress up as women.
D．Most people were allowed to carry firearms when wearing masks.
4．Which of the following is NOT true according to the text?( )
A．People’s wearing masks makes carnival a more mysterious festival.
B．The spirit of carnival is different between France and America.
C．Wearing masks was banned when Venice became part of Austria.DD．Carnival is celebrated all over the world including Asia and Africa.
5.What is the key to the carnival in Venice?
( )
A．Music and movement.
B．Music and dance.
C．It can attract many foreigners.
D．The mystery of the masks.
D?Step Three：Careful Reading
Ⅰ.Listen to the tape and answer the following questions.
1．What do people do at carnival?
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________People saw Carnival as a last chance to have fun at the end of the winter season. They eat, drink and dress up.2．In what way is Venice carnival special?
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
Ⅱ.Read the text and fill in the blanks.
It is the mystery of the mask that makes Venice carnival special.meatEuropedrinkingoneChristmasmaskswomen18thtouristsFebruary?Step Four：Consolidation
When carnival began in Europe, people saw it the last 1.____________ to have fun at the end of the winter season. Having fun meant eating, drinking, and dressing up. The most famous carnival was in Venice. At first, it 2.__________ for just one day. As time passed, the carnival period was 3._________chancelastedextendedPeople walked around the streets wearing masks, doing what they wanted without being 4._____________. Later, wearing masks was 5.____________ by law. Finally, at the end of the 18th century, masks were banned completely. But in the late 1970s, the tradition was 6._____________ by students and the festival was developed for tourists. recognisedlimitedrevivedToday, carnival in Venice is 7._____________ for five days in February. Hotels are fully 8._____________ and the narrow streets are crowded with wonderful 9.______________. If the key to Rio is music and movement, 10.___________ in Venice it is the mystery of masks.
celebratedbooked costumesthen?Step Five：Discussion
What is your opinion about western festivals in China?
(金词点拨：entertain; side effects; traditional festivals)_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
______________________________________Western festivals can bring us some entertainments, but the possible side effects are frightening. It may be impossible to totally refuse them, but it is not wise to take them all. When celebrating western festivals, we should not go too far, waste too much money, and above all, we should not neglect to cherish our traditional festivals.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件77张PPT。Section Ⅱ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Language Study1. dress up 打扮; 穿上盛装
(教材原句)Have you ever dressed up in special clothes?
你曾经用特别的衣服打扮过自己吗？归纳拓展
助记①I just love the fun of dressing up in ancient clothing.
我只是喜欢穿古装的那种情趣.
②My uncle was poor but liked fashion, so he would often dress up as a rich man.
我的叔叔很穷但喜欢时尚, 因此他经常打扮得像个有钱人. ③All the people are dressed in colourful clothes in the celebration.
在庆祝活动中, 人们都穿着五颜六色的衣服.
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)孩子们觉得装扮成海盗很好玩.
The children thought it was great fun to __________________ pirates(海盗)．
(2)她的女仆帮助她穿上参加晚会的盛装.
Her maid helped her to ______________ the party.dress up asdress up for(3)穿上一件精致的白色裙子, 她显得更轻盈, 更白净了.
_______________ a delicate white dress, she seemed slighter and whiter.
Dressed in 2. confusion n. 杂乱, 混乱; 使困惑
(教材原句)Think of carnival, and you think of crowds, costumes, and confusion.
想到狂欢节, 你就会想到人群, 各种各样的服装以及热闹非凡的场面.
归纳拓展
(1)in confusion 困惑地; 困窘地
(2)confuse vt. 使困惑; 使难于理解
confuse A with/and B 把A和B混淆
be confused by sth. 被……搞糊涂了
(3)confusing adj. 令人困惑的; 难懂的
confused adj. 感到困惑的, 感到难懂的
助记 Confusing/confused
从图中我们可以看出, confusing 所修饰的词应是对周围事物产生影响, 让别的事物产生情绪; 而confused 修饰的词则是受到周围事物的影响, 而自身产生某一种情绪.
①They looked at me in confusion and did not answer the question.
他们困惑地看着我, 没有回答问题.
②It was a very confusing situation.这是非常令人困惑的局面.
③People often confuse me and/with my twin sister.
人们常常把我和我的孪生妹妹搞错. ,
巧学活用
2－1用confusing 与 confused 填空
(1)What he said was _______________, so I was _____________ at his words.
(2)He was standing there with a___________ look on his face.confusingconfusedconfused2－2翻译句子
(1)He remained calm in the confusion of battle.
_________________________________
(2)It is important to explain this again or we will confuse the students.
_____________________________________
__________________________________
他在战事的混乱中保持镇静. 把这个再解释一遍很重要, 否则我们就会使学生感到迷惑. 3. extend v．延长, 延伸
(教材原句)As time passed, however, the carnival period was extended, so that it began just after Christmas.
然而, 渐渐地, 庆祝狂欢节的时间长了, 圣诞节一过就开始了.
归纳拓展
(1)extend from...to... 从……绵延/一直到……
extend out 伸出来
extend through... 贯穿……, 达到整个……的长度
(2)extend→extension n. 伸长, 延伸, 伸展
①The forest extends in all directions as
far as the eye can see.
森林向四面伸展, 一望无际.
②The extension of the garden will take several weeks.
扩建花园需要几周的时间.
[易混辨析]extend, expand, enlarge
③Can’t you extend your visit for a few
days？你们访问的时间不能延长几天吗？
④I want to use this design to enlarge the space of our kitchen.
我想用这种设计来扩大我们的厨房的空间.
⑤In ancient times, many emperors wanted to expand their land and invaded other small countries.古代很多帝王都想扩大他们的土
地, 入侵其他的小国.
巧学活用
3－1用extend, expand 和enlarge 填空
(1)I want to ___________ the lawn.
(2)Iron ___________ when it is heated.
(3)Fruit trees ____________ out over the fences.enlargeexpandsextended3－2单项填空
(2012·哈尔滨高二检测)The boys ________ the newspaper on the ground and began to read the news and articles in it.
A．extended B．expanded
C．stretched D．spread解析：选D. 本题考查近义词辨析. 句意：男孩子们把报纸摊在地上便开始读上面的新闻和文章. 应该用 spread, 此处意为“铺开, 展
开”; extend 侧重“长度在延伸”, expand 侧重“膨胀”; stretch 侧重“伸展, 伸开”. 故选D.
4. pretend vi. 假装
(教材原句)Ordinary people could pretend to be rich and important, while famous people could have romantic adventures in secret.
普通人可以装成阔佬和要人, 而名人也可以偷偷地体验浪漫奇遇.
归纳拓展
助记 pre-(……之前)＋tend(伸出, 展现)：展现出假面貌→pretend 假装
①Tom often pretends deafness when you
ask him an awkward question.
当问他一个难以回答的问题时, 汤姆总是装聋作哑.
②He pretended to be reading when I came in.我进来时他假装正在读书. ③The candidate pretended that she had worked for a newspaper before.
＝The candidate pretended to have worked for a newspaper before.
这位候选人佯称她以前在一家报社工作过.
巧学活用
4－1用pretend 的正确形式填空
(1)When he saw me, he pretended __________________ (not, notice)．
(2)Tom pretended __________________(do) homework when his mother came in.
(3)They pretended ________________(know) the secret when asked the secret.not to noticeto be doingto have known4－2单句改错
(1)He pretended like a student.
_________________________________
(2)He pretended as if he was ignorant.
_________________________________
like→to bewas→were5. come to an end 完结
(教材原句)The original Venice carnival came to an end about 200 years ago.
最初的威尼斯狂欢节大约在200年前结束.
归纳拓展
①The Chinese Spring Festival begins on January 1st and comes to an end on January 15th according to the lunar calendar(阴历)．
中国春节, 按阴历从元月初一开始到元月十五结束.
②Since Mike lost his job, we can hardly make ends meet.
自从迈克失业以后, 我们简直难以维持生计. ③Winning the competition put an end to his financial problems.
在比赛中获胜使他的财政问题随之消失.
巧学活用
5－1完成句子
(1)会议最终结束了, 我们都站起来到外边呼吸新鲜空气.
The meeting ________________ at last, and we all rose and went outside for a breath of fresh air.came to an end(2)接连下了两个星期的雨, 把整个村庄彻底淹没了.
It rained for two weeks ________________, completely flooding the village.
(3)在10点左右结束了他的演讲.
He ____________________________ around ten o’clock.on endbrought his lecture to an end(4)我们总是在吵闹中结束比赛.
Our games always ________________ a quarrel.
6. revive v．复兴; 再兴起; 再流行; 苏醒; 复活; 重新上演
(教材原句)But in the late 1970s the tradition was revived by students. 但是20世纪70年代末这种传统由一些学生复兴起来.
end up in归纳拓展
(1)revival n. (健康、力量或知觉的)恢复; 苏醒; 重振; 流行
the revival of hope/interest/ambition 希望/兴趣/雄心的恢复
the revival of old customs/values/skills 旧习俗/价值观念/技能的恢复
(2)come to life/oneself 复活, 醒过来
①The economy is beginning to revive after the economic crisis.
经济危机过后, 经济正在复苏.
②This 1930s musical is being revived at the National Theatre.
这部20世纪30年代的音乐剧正在国家剧院重新上演.
③Jazz is enjoying a revival. 爵士乐再度盛行
巧学活用
6－1英译汉
(1)He felt rather faint but the fresh air soon revived him.
______________________________________
__________________________________他感到有些头晕, 可新鲜空气很快使他恢复了. (2)It’s very good that the old customs are being revived.
____________________________________
____________________________________
(3)He came to life after three days.
_____________________________________
这些旧风俗重新流行起来真是太好了. 三天后他苏醒过来了. 7. book vt.预订(票, 座位等)
(教材原句) Hotels are fully booked and the narrow streets are crowded with wonderful costumes.
酒店已被预订一空, 狭窄的街道上满眼都是华丽的盛装.
归纳拓展
①I’d like to book a table for six for tonight. 我想订一张今晚六人的餐桌.
②Sorry—that flight is fully booked. 对不起, 那次航班的票已全部预订完了.
③I’ll call you as soon as I’ve booked in at my hotel.
我办完入住登记手续就给你打电话.
[易混辨析] reserve, book, order④In the hotel, you should book a room
first before ordering food.
在旅馆, 你应先订房间, 后订餐.
⑤I have reserved the best seat for you.
我已经替你预定了最好的座位.
巧学活用
7－1给下面的句子“预订”一下空缺吧
(1)They are said to have ___________ more grain from Canada.
(2)All the front seats are ____________ for foreign guests.
(3)You’d better ______ through (to Moscow) instead of changing trains in Vienna.orderedreservedbook7－2单项填空
(2010·高考天津卷)
He telephoned the travel agency to _____ three air tickets to London.
A．Order B．arrange
C．take D．book解析：选D. 考查动词词义辨析. 句意：他给旅行社打电话预定三张去伦敦的机票. order 订购, 命令; arrange 安排, 整理; take 从事; book 预定. 因为是打电话, 所以只能是“预
定”. 故选D.
8. wander vi. 漫步, 闲逛; 走神; 开小差
n. 闲逛; 徘徊
(教材原句)As you wander through the streets, you see thousands of masks—elegant or frightening, sad or amusing, traditional or modern—but you have no idea what the faces behind them look like. 当你在街道上漫步, 你会看到成千上万的面具——优雅的或恐怖的, 悲伤的或快乐的, 传统的或现代的——但那些面具的后面究竟是一张什么样的面孔, 你却一无所知.
归纳拓展
wander about 徘徊; 流浪
wander from the subject 离开主题
wandering adj. 漫游的; 闲逛的
助记
She was wandering around the pyramid, wondering how this wonder was built. 她在金字塔四周徘徊, 想知道这个奇观是怎样建成
的.
①We wandered in the woods, admiring the beautiful nature.
我们在树林里漫步, 欣赏着美丽的大自然.
②Be careful not to wander from the subject.注意不要偏离正题. ③Seeing these vigorous youth, the old woman’s thoughts wandered back to her youth.
看到这些朝气蓬勃的年轻人, 这位老年妇女思绪联翩, 回想起她的青春岁月. ,
巧学活用
8－1完成句子
(1)很抱歉, 我有点走神. 刚才你说什么？
I’m sorry, my mind _________________. What did you say?
(2)那些男孩无所事事, 在镇上到处闲逛.
The boys _____________________ the town with nothing to do.
was wanderingwandered around名师微博
wander 是不及物动词, 后面常接back to, through, around, about, from 等一些副词.8－2单项填空
With his mind ________, he didn’t catch even a single word of what the teacher was saying.
A．wondering
B．wandering
C．was wondering
D．was wandering解析：选B. 句意：由于他心不在焉, 老师说的话他一个字也没有听清. with 要求后面跟复合宾语形式, wander “走神”.
1 . (教材原句)Think of carnival, and you think of crowds, costumes, and confusion.
想起狂欢节, 你自然就会想到人群, 各式各样的服装和热闹非凡的场面. [句法分析]
此句是“祈使句＋and＋陈述句”结构, 第一句话相当于一个条件句, 第二句是在第一句的基础上出现的结果. 本句等于：If you think of carnival, you think of crowds, costumes, and confusion.
①Give me another five minutes and I will finish the task.
再给我五分钟, 我就会完成这项任务.
②Come early and you will catch the first bus.早点来, 你就能赶上第一班车.
归纳拓展
此结构还有另外两种用法：
(1)祈使句＋or＋陈述句(if... not, ＋主句)
(2)名词短语＋ and ＋陈述句
③Take care or you will be in danger.
当心, 否则你就会有危险的.
④A minute earlier and you will see him.
早来一会儿, 你就会见到他. ,
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)努力学习, 你就会取得很大进步.
____________, and you will make much progress.
(2)努力学习, 要不你就不会通过测试.
Work harder, _____you will not pass the test.Work hardor1－2句型转换
Talk to a man about himself, and he will speak to you for hours.
＝________________________ to a man about himself, he will speak to you for hours.
＝____________ to a man about himself, he will speak to you for hours.
If he talksTalking2. (教材原句)Their use was limited by laws, the first of which dates back to the fourteenth century. 它们的使用受到法律的限制, 最早可追溯到14世纪.
[句法分析]
the first of which dates back to the fourteenth century 为名词ˉ代词＋介词＋which/whom 引导的非限制性定语从句.
归纳拓展
“介词＋关系代词”引导的定语从句
(1)若先行词是人时, 关系代词作介词宾语, 就要用 whom; 若先行词是物时, 关系代词作介词宾语, 则要用which.
(2)当复合介词短语＋which 引导定语从句时, 这种定语从句常与先行词用逗号隔开, 从句用倒装语序.
①We study in the classroom, the windows of which face the hill.
我们在这个教室里学习, 它的窗户朝着小山.
②His parents, both of whom work in Beijing, call him every Sunday.
他父母在北京工作, 每周日给他打电话.
③In the dark street, there wasn’t a single person to whom she could turn for help.
在漆黑的大街上没有一个人能为她提供帮助.
巧学活用
2－1完成句子
(1)你昨天告诉我的那位绅士证实是一个小偷.
The gentleman _________ whom you told me yesterday proved to be a thief.
(2)他住在一所大房子里, 房前有一棵大树.
He lived in a big house, ________________ stood a big tall tree.aboutin front of which2－2单项填空
The BRICS contains five countries now, none of ________ is a developed country.
A．them B．these
C．which D．who
解析: 选C. 句意：金砖国家现在包括五个国家, 没有一个是发达国家. 由句式结构可知, 该句逗号后为一个非限制性定语从句, 先行词为 countries, 应用 which, 故选C.
3. (教材原句)As you wander through the streets, you see thousands of masks—elegant or frightening, sad or amusing, traditional or modern—but you have no idea what the faces behind them look like. 当你漫步街头时, 你会看到成千上万张面具, 高雅的, 可怕的, 忧伤的, 有趣的, 传统的或时尚的, 但你并不知道面具后的面孔是什么样子. [句法分析]
what the faces behind them look like 这是由 what 引导的一个同位语从句, 作 idea 的同位
语 同位语从句用于表示名词的内容, 对其加以解释说明, 常见的跟同位语从句的名词有:
idea, news, fact, thought, hope, order, question 等. 其引导词常见的有:that, whether, when, which, who, how, what, why 等.
归纳拓展
that 引导的同位语从句与定语从句的区别：
that 引导同位语从句, 在从句中不充当任何
句子成分, 因此 that 引导的同位语从句是完整不缺成分的.
that 引导定语从句时, 一方面起引导词的作
用, 另一方面在句中作主语、宾语或表语.
①The question whether we need it has not yet been considered.
我们是否需要它, 这个问题还没有考虑.
②I have no idea which book is his.我不知道哪本书是他的.
③The order when we should return hasn’t reached us.
我们什么时候该返回的命令还未到达.
巧学活用 3－1完成句子
(1)我如何能和他取得联系的问题没有得到
答复.
My question ________ I shall get in touch with him has not been answered.
(2)学生应该进行很多锻炼这个建议是很好的.
The suggestion that the students
___________________________is very good.
how(should) have plenty of exercise名师微博
表示“建议、命令、要求”等的名词(如suggestion, proposal, advice, order, request等)后接同位语从句时, 从句通常用虚拟语气, 即从句的谓语用“should ＋ 动词原形”, 其中 should 可省略.3－2单项填空
(2012·宁夏银川一中月考)Make a tentative guess ________ Peking Man ________ have done and used thousands of years ago.
A．that; may B．that; must
C．what; may D．what; should解析：选C. 考查同位语从句的连接词. 此处 guess 为抽象名词, 其后是同位语从句. what 在同位语从句中作 done 和used 的宾语.
温馨提示
请做课时作业 Module 4 Section Ⅱ本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件81张PPT。Section Ⅲ Listening, Everyday English and Function & Cultural Corner?Step One：Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1．________________ (n.) 时代; 年代
2．________________ (vt.) 标志(着)
3．________________ (adj.) 使人放松的
4．________________ (vt.) 运输; 运送eramarkrelaxingtransport5．_______________ (vt.) 引进; 进口
6．_______________ (vt.) 废除
7．____________(adj.) 华丽的; 富丽堂皇的
8．celebration(n.)___________________
9．freedom(n.)______________________
10．origin(n.)_______________________
importabolishmagnificent庆典; 庆祝自由起源Ⅱ.重点短语
1．consist _____ 由……组成; 由……构成
2．give _______放弃
3．go _________about 疯狂喜欢……
4．more ______less 或多或少; 大约
5．______ one’s blood 天生就有; 家传
6．wash _________冲下ofupwildorindown 7．walk _______用走路来消化/消除
8．____________force 用暴力
9．take ________接管
?Step Two: Fast Reading
Ⅰ.阅读Cultural Corner中的文章, The Meaning of Carnival, 判断正(T)误(F).
1．Millions of Africans were taken to America to work for Americans.( )off by overF2．The Europeans and the slaves celebrated carnival together.( )
3．Today, visitors from all over the world come to the island in the Caribbean to join in the carnival.( )
Ⅱ.Read the passage “The Meaning of Carnival” and choose the best answers.
FT1．If you want to learn more about carnival, which cultures should you look at?( )
A．Asian and European.
B．Asian and African.
C．European and African.
D．American and Asian.
2．When was the slave trade stopped?( )
A．At the beginning of the 19th century.CAB．At the end of the 18th century.
C．At the beginning of the 18th century.
D．At the end of the 19th century.
3．Why did the slaves wear masks and sing when they held their carnival celebrations?
( )
A．Because their masters did that.CB．Because they were forced by their masters.
C．Because they thought it could bring good luck.
D．Because they thought it was fun.
4．Which is NOT true according to the passage?( )DA．Carnival is a way to unite different communities.
B．Many visitors all over the world take part in the carnival.
C．Carnival has become a celebration of life itself.
D．The white inhabitants were not welcomed by the former slaves.
1. consist of 由……组成; 由……构成
(教材原句)a food that consists of a tube of skin containing meat mixed with herbs.一种把带有香料的肉灌进肠里的食物. 归纳拓展①As we all know, the UK is a large country consisting of four parts. 众所周知, 英国是一个由四部分组成的大国家.
②The happiness of a teacher consists in the success of his students.
教师的幸福在于学生的成功.
③His deeds don’t consist with his words.他言行不一致.
[易混辨析] consist of, make up of, compose (of)④4 scientists and 3 lawyers make up the committee.
＝The committee is made up of/consists of 4 scientists and 3 lawyers.
委员会由四位科学家和三位律师组成.
⑤The article is composed of 5 parts. 那篇文章由5部分组成. 巧学活用
1－1完成句子
水由氢和氧组成.
(1)Water
____________________________________ hydrogen and oxygen.
(2)Hydrogen and oxygen ____________ water.consists of/is made up of/is composed ofmake up1－2翻译句子
Our greatest happiness consists in serving the people.
______________________________________
1－3单项填空
The Group of Eight(G8)________ the eight richest countries in the world.我们最大的幸福就是为人民服务. A．is made up B．consists of
C．is consisted of D．consist of
解析：选B. 句意：八国集团由世界上最富裕的八个国家组成. consist of“由……组成”, 相当于be made up of, 不能用于被动语态, 故选B.
2. relaxing adj.使人放松的
(教材原句)Calypso is great —it’s exciting and relaxing at the same time!
卡吕普索太棒了——它能让你既兴奋又放松！
归纳拓展
助记
Music is relaxing and
the man is relaxed.①I find stamp collecting relaxing and it takes my mind off my work.
我觉得集邮是一种休息, 因为它可以使我的注意力从工作中转移开来.
②I felt relaxed listening to music.听着音乐, 我感到轻松自在. ③Please have some relaxation after the mid-term exam.
期中考试完请放松放松.
④After a long term, we went to the beach to relax ourselves.
很长的学期后, 我们到海边使自己放松一下.
巧学活用 2－1用relax, relaxed, relaxing, relaxation 填空
(1)The talk went on in a _______________ atmosphere.
(2)We must not ________ in our efforts.
(3)I play golf for _____________.
(4)I am not used to the ___________ weather here.
relaxed relaxrelaxationrelaxing2－2单句改错
(1)Judging from his relaxing tone, he can’t be working.
______________________________________
(2)Listening to the relaxed music, he was very relaxed.
______________________________________
relaxing→relaxed第一个 relaxed→relaxing3. mark vt. 标志(着); 做记号于; n.记号;
分数; 污点, 痕迹
(教材原句)This marked the beginning of the slave trade.
这标志着奴隶贸易的开始.
归纳拓展
助记①Please mark your new books with your names.
＝Please mark your names on your new books.请在新书上写上名字.
②The appearance of computers marked a major advance in information.
电脑的出现是信息的一大进步.
[易混辨析] mark, sign, score
巧学活用
3－1完成句子
(1)谁把我的新书弄上了这些污迹？
Who ________________________ on my new book?
(2)在地图上用红十字标出北京.
__________ Beijing __________ a red cross on the map.made these dirty marksMarkwith3－2单项填空
(2012·济宁一中高二调研)When you read a book, you’d better make a mark ________ you have some questions.
A．Which B．that
C．where D．what解析：选C. 考查状语从句. where引导地点状语从句, 修饰谓语动词make a mark. 而定语从句的引导词要在从句中作句子成分, which或that在定语从句中作主语或宾语.
4. trade n．交易, 贸易, 商业, 交换; 行业;
v.交换, 交易; 做生意, 经商
(教材原句)This marked the beginning of the slave trade.
这标志着奴隶贸易的开始.
归纳拓展
①The recent incident can influence the trade between China and Japan.
最近的事件可能会影响到中国和日本的贸易.
②Britain builds up her wealth by trading with other countries. 英国通过与其他国家做生意积累起本国的财富.
③She traded three apples for a bunch of bananas.她用三个苹果换得一串香蕉.
巧学活用
4－1完成句子
(1)我用我的卡片换取了比利的小玩具.
I ________ my cards ________ Billy’s small toy.
(2)早期的探险者与印第安人直接进行交易.
Early explorers ____________ directly ________ Indians.
tradedfortradedwith(3)这家公司经营纺织品和谷物.
The firm ________________ textiles and grain.
5. transport vt. 运输, 运送
n．[U]运输(工具); 运送
(教材原句) For more than two hundred years, until the beginning of the 19th century, when the trade was finally stopped, trade in millions of people were taken by force from their homes in Africa and transported to the New World to work as slaves.
200多年以来, 直到19世纪初, 奴隶贸易最终被禁止, 上百万人被迫离开非洲老家, 被运送到新大陆当奴隶.
归纳拓展
transport... from... to...
将……从……运送/运输到……
transportation n. 运输; 运送
助记trans-作为前缀, 意为“横过; 贯穿; 转变”
例如：transfer n. & vi. &vt. 迁移; 移动; 传
递; transform vt. 转换; 改变; 改造;
transformation n. 转变; 改革; translate
vt. 翻译; 解释; 转化; translation n. 翻译
①They transported the wheat from the farm to a mill. 他们把小麦从农场运到面粉厂.
②My husband is using my car, so I have no (means of) transport.
丈夫在用我的车, 所以我没有交通工具.
③Shanghai promoted public transport for the 2010 World Expo.
上海为2010年世博会改善了公共交通.
[易混辨析] transport, traffic
助记 很多地方交通中断了.
Transport is interrupted in many places. (×)
Traffic is interrupted in many places.(√) 巧学活用
5－1翻译句子
(1)For short distances, the bike is surely the best means of transport.
_____________________________________
(2)We were stuck in heavy traffic for more than an hour.
______________________________________
?
距离不远时, 自行车的确是最好的交通工具 我们在拥挤的交通中被堵了一个多小时 6. import vt.引进; 进口; n.进口货; 输入品
(教材原句)Naturally, the Europeans also imported their own festivals.
自然, 欧洲人也引进了他们自己的节日.
归纳拓展
import... from... 从……进口……
importer 进口国; 进口商
export v. & n. 出口; 输出; 出口货
export... to... 把……输出到……
助记
im-(向……内)＋port(港口)→import(进口)
ex-(向外)＋port(港口)→export(出口)①China imports some electronic products from foreign countries.
中国从外国进口一些电子产品.
②China exports silk to foreign countries.中国向外国出口丝绸.
③The import of cotton goods went up sharply.棉织品的进口猛增.
巧学活用
6－1完成句子
(1)这个国家自然资源匮乏, 所以要进口大部分的原材料.
The country is short of natural resources, so it has to ________ most of its raw materials.
(2)从日本进口的主要物品是电子产品. importElectronic products are the major ________ from Japan.
(3)我们出口大米进口小麦.
We ________ rice and ________ wheat.
7. abolish vt. 废除; 废止
(教材原句)When the slave trade was abolished in 1838 the former slaves took over the carnival. 当奴隶贸易在1838年被废除的时候, 以前的奴隶延续了这个节日.
importexportimport归纳拓展
(1)abolishable adj. 可废止的, 可取消的
abolisher n. 废除者
abolishment n. 废止, 革除, 取消
(2)do away with 废除
put an end to sth. 终止; 废除
①Many bad customs have been abolished in new China.
在新中国许多不良习俗已经被废除.
②Lincoln signed the paper declaring to abolish slavery.
林肯签署法令宣布废除奴隶制.
③Do you think capital punishment should be done away with? 你认为死刑该废除吗？
巧学活用
7－1翻译句子
China’s 2600-year-old agricultural tax has been abolished since 2006.
_____________________________________
___________________________________中国从2006年取消了有2600年历史的农业税. 7－2单项填空
(2012·淄博高二检测)Slavery was ______ in the U．S. in the 19th century, and slaves were given equal rights.
A．absorbed B．abused
C．abolished D．adopted
解析：选C. 考查动词辨析. absorb吸收; abuse滥用; adopt采用, 采纳, 抚养; abolish废除, 故选C.
8. celebration n. 庆典; 庆祝
(教材原句)Carnival became a celebration of freedom.
狂欢节成为庆祝自由的庆典.
归纳拓展
celebrate vt.庆祝
in celebration of 为庆祝……
①How do you celebrate the Mid-Autumn Festival in your hometown?
你的家乡是如何庆祝中秋节的？
②They’ll have a party in celebration of the birth of their son.
他们将要举行一个晚会来庆祝儿子的诞生.
[易混辨析] celebration, congratulation③The traditional American Thanksgiving Day celebration went back to 1621.
美国人庆祝感恩节的传统可追溯到1621年.
④Premier Wen Jiabao telephoned the Control Center to offer his congratulations.
温家宝总理给控制中心打电话表示祝贺.
巧学活用
8－1完成句子
(1)11月世界各地的泰国人都庆祝水灯节.
Loy Krathong __________________ Thai people around the world in November.
(2)他们举行了一个庆祝会, 最后放映了一部新电影. They ___________________, with a new film to finish up with.is celebrated byhold a celebration8－2单项填空
—My daughter has been admitted into a world-famous university.
—________.
A．Good B．Celebrations
C．Congratulations D．OK
解析：选C. good 表示思想品质好、学习好; celebration 指“庆祝活动”; congratulations 是用来祝贺、恭喜某人的专门用语; OK表示“好”, 故只有C项符合语境.
1. (教材原句)If possible, record yourself as you speak, and compare your version with the original.
如果有可能的话, 当你说话时录下来并且把你的录音与原版录音进行比较.
[句法分析]
if possible 表示“如果可能的话”, 它实际上是一个省略句, 等于If it is (was) possible. 归纳拓展
(1)在if, when, while, once, whether, unless 等引导的从句中如果含有系动词be 的某种形
式, 从句的主语与主句主语一致或从句的主语是it 时, 从句的主语和系动词be 可以省略.
(2)if 引导省略的情况还有下列几种：
if any 如果有的话
if necessary 如果需要的话if so 如果是这样的话
if ever 如果曾经有的话
if not 不这样的话
①If (it is) important, I think you should keep them in mind.
如果重要的话, 我想你应该用心记住它们. ②Unless (it is) necessary, I would like to stay at home.
如果不是必须的话, 我宁愿待在家里.
③—The exhibition is very interesting.——展览会很有趣.
—If so, I’ll book a ticket ahead of time.——如果这样的话, 我要提前订好票.
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)可能的时候, 你能帮我一下吗？
________________________, can you give me a hand?
(2)明天早晨要早起床, 不这样的话, 你就会错过第一班车. Get up early tomorrow. _____________, you’ll miss the first bus.When (it is) possible If not1－2单项填空
(2010·高考浙江卷)The experiment shows that proper amounts of exercise, if ________ regularly, can improve our health.
A．being carried out
B．carrying out
C．carried out
D．to carry out解析：选C. 逻辑主语 exercise 与 carry out 之间构成逻辑上的动宾关系, 故用 carry out 的过去分词形式, 此处相当于 if the exercise is carried out regularly 的省略, 故选C项.
2. (教材原句)Which of the festivals you have read or heard about in this module would you rather go to？ 你愿意参加你在本模块中读到过的或听到过的哪种节日？
[句法分析]
would rather 宁愿……, 宁可……. 后接省
略 to 的动词不定式, 否定形式在 rather 后加not
归纳拓展
(1)would rather do sth. than do sth.
＝would do... rather than do...
＝prefer to do... (rather) than do...
宁愿……而不愿……, than 后跟省略 to 的动词不定式. (2)would rather (that)．..
would rather 后可跟 that 引导的宾语从句, 从句需用虚拟语气, 即用一般过去时表现在或将来将要做的事情(与现在或将来事实相
反); 用过去完成时表过去发生的动作(与过
去事实相反).
①I would rather watch TV at home than go to the cinema.
我宁愿在家看电视也不愿去看电影.
②It’s snowing outside, so I’d rather stay at home.
外面正在下雪, 因此我宁愿呆在家中.
③I’d rather you went there tomorrow. 我宁愿你明天去那儿.
巧学活用 2－1完成句子
(1)我真希望你那天没有把那消息告诉他.
I’d rather you ________________ him the news that day.
(2) ——再来点啤酒吗？ —Some more beer?
——谢谢！不用了, 我还有其他事情要做.
—Thanks. I ___________________. I have something else to do.hadn’t toldwould rather not2－2句式改写
我宁愿待在家中也不愿到外面购物.
I would rather stay at home than go out shopping.
＝I ________ stay at home _____________ go out shopping.
wouldrather than3. (教材原句)The arrival of Europeans in America, and the opening of huge farms and plantations to grow cotton, fruit and vegetables, meant there was an immediate need for people to work on them. 欧洲人到了美洲, 开辟了栽种棉花、水果和蔬菜的大农场与大种植园, 这意味着急需干活的人手. [句法分析]
there is a need/no need for sb. to do sth.
某人需要/没必要干某事.
归纳拓展
(1)There is/was no possibility to do sth. 没有可能做某事.
(2)There is/was no time to do sth. 没有时间做某事.
(3)There is /was no doubt to do sth. 毫无疑问做某事.
(4)(It is) No wonder... 难怪……; ……不足为奇.
①There is no need for us to buy so much salt.
我们购买那么多的食盐是没有必要的.
②There is no possibility for you to see me this weekend, because I’m going to Shanghai tomorrow.本周末你不可能见到我, 因为明天我要去上海.
巧学活用
3－1完成句子
(1)没有时间耽误了. 快点！
__________________________. Hurry up!
(2)非常需要有一本有关这个主题的新书.
There ______________________ a new book on the subject.There is no time to loseis a great need for3－2单项填空
________ is no need for you to come if you don’t want to.
A．It B．There
C．That D．This
解析：选B. 本题考查固定句型“There is/was no need for sb. to do sth.”.
句意：如果你不想来, 就没有必要来. 故选B.
温馨提示
请做课时作业 Module 4 Section Ⅲ本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件54张PPT。Section Ⅳ Grammar & Writing1. 2.被动语态
(1)The window hasn’t been cleaned for weeks.
窗户已经有好几个星期没擦了.
(2)Children are encouraged to do something by themselves.
鼓励孩子自己做一些事情.
一、各种时态的被动语态形式
二、被动语态的特殊形式
1．含有情态动词的被动结构：
情态动词＋ be ＋过去分词.
She should be taught how to operate the computer.
应该教给她如何操作电脑.
2．“get/remain ＋动词的过去分词”是被
动语态的变形, 强调结果. The patient gets treated once a week.
那位病人一周得到一次治疗.
3．有双宾语的被动语态有两种形式：指人的间接宾语可变为被动语态的主语; 指物的直接宾语可变为被动语态的主语, 此时保留间接宾语要加上介词 to.
He gave me a pen.他给我一支钢笔.
→I was given a pen by him.
→A pen was given to me.
4．使役动词have, make, let 和感官动词 see, watch, notice, hear 等变被动语态时省略的
to 要加上.
The boss made the workers work day and night.(主动)老板让工人没日没夜地工作.
The workers were made to work day and night.(被动)
三、主动形式表达被动含义
1．动词 look, sound, feel, smell, taste, seem, turn, fall, grow, keep, go, stay 作系动词时, 后跟名词或形容词作表语, 主动形式表达被动含义. The dish tastes delicious.
这道菜尝起来美味极了.
2．表示开始、结束、运动的动词, 如 begin, finish, open, stop, move 等, 用主动形式表达被动含义.
The shop opens at 8∶00 every day.
商店每天8∶00开始营业. 3．表示主语属性的、特性的动词, 如read, write, sell, wash, lock 等, 用主动形式表达被动含义.
The new book sells well.
这本新书销路很好.
4．be worth 后跟动名词形式, 主动形式表达被动含义. The film is well worth seeing.
这部电影很值得一看.
5．be to blame 或 be to let 也是主动形式表达被动含义.
He is to blame for the broken window.
因为打破了窗户他应该受到责备.
Ⅰ.用所给动词的正确形式填空
1．Cleaning women in big cities usually get ________ (pay) by the hour.
2．Pens of this kind ________ (write) well.
3．More patients ____________________ (treat) in hospital this year than that year.paidwritehave been treated4．In the past 30 years China ____________ (make) great advances in the socialist revolution and socialist construction.
5．—What do you think of the film?
—Oh, excellent. It’s worth ________ (see) a second time.
6．The flowers were so lovely that they ____________ (sell) out in no time.has madeseeingwere sold7．At the end of the meeting, it was announced that an agreement ___________________ (reach)．
8．A new cinema _________________ (build) here. They hope to finish it next month.
9．In this forest over 50% of the trees ____________ ___________(damage) so far.had been reachedis being builthave been damaged10．Large quantities of water ____________ (need) for irrigation.
Ⅱ.句型转换
1．I made my little brother a model ship last week.
A model ship ____________________ my little brother ________ me last week.are neededwas made forby2．We often hear her sing beautiful songs in the next room.
She ________ often ____________ sing beautiful songs in the next room.
3．Did he often help the old granny do the housework?
________ the old granny often ____________ do the housework?
isheard toWashelped to4．A girl saw my wallet drop when she passed by.
My wallet ____________ drop ________ a girl when she passed by.
5．You should correct your mistakes right now.
Your mistakes ____________________ right now.
was seen tobyshould be correctedⅢ.单项填空
1．I’m sorry, sir.Your recorder isn’t ready yet.It________in the factory.
A．is being repaired
B．is repaired
C．has been repaired
D．hasn’t repaired解析：选A. 用现在进行时表示当前一段时间内的活动或现阶段正在进行的动作; it指代上文提到的录音机, 与repair之间存在被动关系, 故用现在进行时的被动语态.
2．—Hi, Terry, can I use your computer for a while this afternoon?
—Sorry, ________.A．It’s repaired
B．It has been repaired
C．It’s being repaired
D．It had been repaired
解析：选C. 题意：“嗨, 特里, 今天下午我
可以用一会儿你的电脑吗？”“抱歉, 我的电脑正在维修. ”根据题意“电脑正在被维修”判断应用现在进行时的被动语态.
3．Would you please keep silent？The weather report________and I want to listen.
A．is broadcast
B．is being broadcast
C．has been broadcast
D．had been broadcast
解析：选B. 题意：请保持安静好吗？正在播天气预报, 我想听听. 根据题意“天气预报正在被广播”判断, 用现在进行时的被动语态. 4．Customers are asked to make sure that they ________ the right change before leaving the shop.
A．will give B．have been given
C．have given D．will be given解析：选B. 主句customers are asked to...是商店的规定, 是经常性动作或行为, 从句中时态应与主句保持一致, 从而将A、D两项排除. 从句中they指customers, the right change指“零钱”, 找钱应是商店给顾客, 顾客作主语时应用被动. 5．I like these English songs and they ________ many times on the radio.
A．taught B．have taught
C．are taught D．have been taught
解析: 选D. 句意: 我喜欢这些英文歌曲并且广播里也教过多次了. they指English songs, 与动词teach是被动关系, 故用被动语态; 由many times提示可用现在完成时, 故D项正确
6．—What’s that noise?
—Oh, I forgot to tell you.The new machine ________.
A．was tested
B．will be tested
C．is being tested
D．has been tested解析：选C. 本题考查的是动词的语态. 根据该句空格前面的主语The new machine可以判知, 空格处应该使用被动语态. 然后根据上文可以判知, 该机器的检测应该是正在进行中, 所以本题应该使用现在进行时的被动语态, 故选C. 7．—Your job ________ open for your return.
—Thanks.
A．will be kept
B．will keep
C．had kept
D．had been kept解析：选A. 句意：你的工作将被保留到你回来. 根据句意, 可判断说话者要给对方保留工作位置是将来的事情, 故排除C、D两项; 而keep与your job为被动关系, 应选用被动语态, 因此排除B项.
8．—Why does the lake smell terrible?
—Because large quantities of water ______.A．have polluted
B．is being polluted
C．has been polluted
D．have been polluted
解析：选D. 考查时态、语态及主谓一致. 名词被quantities of修饰且作主语时, 其谓语动词用复数形式, 故B、C两项不正确; 水是被污染的, 所以要用被动语态. 故答案为D, 现在完成时表示过去的动作(水被污染)或行为对现在造成的结果或影响(湖水的气味难闻).
9．At the end of the meeting, it was announced that an agreement ________.
A．has been reached
B．had been reached
C．has reached
D．had reached解析：选B. 根据题干可知, announce动作发生在过去, 在此之前, reach动作已发生了, 所以用过去完成时, 排除A、C两项; reach为及物动词, agreement就是其宾语, 所以用被动语态.
10．All visitors to this village________ with kindness.A．treat B．are treated
C．are treating D．had been treated
【解析】选B. 句意：所有到达这个村庄的游客都受到了友好的招待. treat 为一般现在时的主动语态; are treated为一般现在时的被动语态; are treating为现在进行时的主动语态; had
been treated为过去完成时的被动语态. 句子
主语all visitors与谓语动词treat之间为被动
关系. 结合语境可确定用一般现在时的被动
语态.
应用文写作：电子邮件
写作要求
假设你叫李华, 你的外国朋友John想了解中国的春节, 请根据以下提纲, 给他写一封电子邮件, 内容包括：
1．春节在中国人中的地位;
2．春节前, 人们……; 3．春节期间, 人们…….
参考词汇：对联 couplet 爆竹 firecracker
词数：120～150左右, 开头结尾已给出, 不计入总词数.
Dear John,
How time flies! Four months have passed since we saw each other last time.
______________________________________
______________________________________
Best wishes,
Yours,
Li Hua
审题谋篇
词汇突破
ask sb. About sth.traditional festivalput updress uprelaxvisit each othercelebratereunionget togetherhappy atmosphere写作要点
1．你问我关于春节的情况.
______________________ Chinese Spring Festival.
2．春节是中国的传统节日.
The Spring Festival is ___________________________________.You asked me abouta Chinese traditional festival3．家家户户在门上贴上春联.
Red couplets ________________________ of every household.
4．经过一年的劳累人们开始放松一下并且互相拜访.
______________________________________ relax and visit one another.are put up on the doorsPeople after a year’s hard work begin to5．欢乐的气氛在全国各地都能找到.
_____________________________________ everywhere in the country.
佳作欣赏
Dear John,
How time flies! Four months have passed since we saw each other last time. I ①cannot help but miss you.
The happy atmosphere is to be foundYou asked me about Chinese Spring Festival. Now I would like to tell you something about it.
The Spring Festival is a Chinese traditional festival. It is the most important and enjoyable one. A few days before the festival, houses are cleaned and red couplets are ② put up on the doors of every household. They are said to frighten away the ghosts. On that day, people ③are dressed up. Firecrackers ring out in the air, ④which adds to the atmosphere of the festival. People after a year’s hard work begin to relax and visit one another. Presents and dinners are given to celebrate the happy reunion of friends and relatives. Families get together. They have jiaozi and enjoy the New Year TV show. Customs may ⑤vary from place to place, but the same happy atmosphere is to be found everywhere in the country.
Now, I hope you have some ideas of Chinese Spring Festival.
Best wishes,
Yours,
Li Hua
名师点津
【美文点津】
亮点一：内容详实, 情节清晰, 较好地对春节这一主题进行了阐释, 达到了写作的要求.
亮点二：语言地道, ④定语从句的运用符合要求, 层层深入, 句与句之间联系紧密.
亮点三：使用了较多的高级词汇和句型. 如：①cannot help but, ②put up, ③dress up, ⑤vary from place to place 以及非谓语动
词、被动语态结构、并列句、定语从
句、宾语从句等复杂句式.
【类文点津】
1．电子邮件的写作结构
电子邮件的内容十分广泛, 在形式上也有其特定的格式和写法. 其格式可分为四个部分, 即称呼、正文、结尾、姓名.
1．称呼. 写信人对收信人的称谓. 称呼写在第一行要顶格, 后边加逗号, 表示下面有话要说.
2．正文. 电子邮件的主体部分, 你要给对方讲些什么, 问些什么, 都要在这一部分写清楚. 如果是回电子邮件, 先回答来信所提的问题, 然后再写要告诉对方的话. 如果内容较多, 最好分段写. 一事一段, 眉目清楚.
3．结尾. 一般都要写上表示敬意、祝愿、勉励的话, 这就是祝语, 也就是电子邮件的结尾. 必须另起一行, 顶格写.
4．姓名. 姓名写在祝语的下一行右边, 也可另起一行顶格写.
2．电子邮件写作模板
Dear ________,
Thank you very much for _____. Now I’d like to tell you ____________(具体内容)．
First of all, _______________________(具体内容). Besides, __________________.(具体内容)If you have some more questions/information, please tell me/let me know.
________________________________________________________________________(祝语)
?
Yours,
Wang Tao
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件20张PPT。单元盘点Module 4 CarnivalMany countries have a traditional ①_____________, which isn’t a Christian festival. Today, carnival is an international multicultural experience. Most carnivals fall in February or March. The ②__________ of carnivals are ancient. It dates back to Europe in the Middle Age. carnivaloriginsThe most famous carnival in Europe is in Venice, where people can wear different costumes and ③_________, dress themselves up as anyone, even ghost.They use masks and costumes to hide their real identities, pretend to be rich or poor men and do whatever they want to in the confusion. At the beginning, carnival in Venice only lasted for one day, maskslater it was ④_________. This year, it lasted 10 days. Because someone did bad things, carnival was banned and became just a memory for many people. Carnival wasn’t revived until the late of 1970s by some students. The town council wanted to attract visitors to develop its business and ⑤_________, so carnival was developed again. extendedtradeEvery year, large numbers of visitors come to Venice to take part in the great parade. If you want to go there, you must ⑥_________ the hotel in advance. Wandering through the crowded streets, you can enjoy the mystery of the mask and feel very relaxed. It’s said (that) the masks have miraculous ⑦_______.
But do you know what carnival means? bookmagicIt’s said that to develop the New World—America, millions of Africans were transported to work on farms and ⑧_________________. At the same time their cultures and festivals were also imported. In 1838, the slave trade was abolished and the former slaves celebrated the carnival with their former ⑨____________, plantationsmastersso carnival became a celebration of freedom. Now, carnival has become a way to unite different _____________________.
许多国家都有一个传统的狂欢节, 它不是一个基督教的节日. 今天, 狂欢节是一个国际性的多文化的体现. 大多数狂欢节在2、3月份. 它的起源很古老, 可以追溯到中世纪的欧洲, 欧洲的最著名的狂欢节在威尼斯, communities⑩人们可以穿着不同的化装服, 戴着不同的面具, 把自己化装成任何人, 甚至是鬼. 他们用化装服和面具掩盖他们的真实身份, 假装是穷人或富人, 趁着混乱做他们想做的任何事情. 起初, 威尼斯的狂欢节只持续一天, 后来被延长了. 今年的狂欢节是10天. 因为有人做坏事, 狂欢节曾被禁止过, 而它也成了很多人的回忆. 直到20世纪70年代末狂欢节才由一些学生复兴. 市地方议会想吸引游客来发展它的商业和贸易, 于是狂欢节又被发展起来了. 每年, 大量的游客来到威尼斯参加盛大的游行. 如果你想去的话, 你必须提前预订旅馆. 漫步在拥挤的街道上, 你可以享受面具的神秘, 感到很轻松. 据说面具具有神奇的魔力.
但你知道狂欢节的含义吗？据说为了开发新大陆——美国, 数百万的非洲人被运来在农场和庄园里工作. 同时, 他们的文化和节日也被引进美国. 1838年, 当奴隶贸易被废除后, 以前的奴隶和他们以前的主人们一起狂欢, 因此狂欢节成了一个庆祝自由的庆典. 现在, 狂欢节已经成为联合不同社区团体的方式.
链接一 take over
(教材原句P39)When the slave trade was abolished in 1838 the former slaves took over the carnival.
当1838 年奴隶贸易被废除时, 昔日的奴隶们沿袭了狂欢节这一风俗. [高考例证]
(2011·高考四川卷)To get a better grade, you should ________ the notes again before the test.
A．go over B．get over
C．turn over D．take over
解析：选A. 句意：要想获得更好的成绩, 你应该在考试之前再复习一下笔记. 考查动词短语辨析. 这里用go over 表示“仔细检查/查阅, 复习, 反复研究/琢磨”. 其他选项的含义：B：克服, 从疾病/震惊中恢复常
态; C：翻转, 转动, 认真思考, 移交, 送交;
D：接管.
链接二 if possible
(教材原句P35)If possible, record yourself as you speak, and compare your version with the original.如果有可能的话, 当你说话时录下来并且把你的录音与原版录音进行比较. [高考例证]
(2011·高考江苏卷)It sounds like something is wrong with the car’s engine. ________, we’d better take it to the garage immediately.
A．Otherwise B．If not
C．But for that D．If so
解析：选D. 句意：汽车的发动机听上去好像出了问题. 如果这样的话, 我们最好马上把车开到修理厂. if so 假如这样的话, 符合题意, 所以选D. otherwise 否则; if not 如果不……; but for that 要不是那样的话, 均不符合题意. 链接三
(教材原句P32)Think of carnival, and you think of crowds, costumes, and confusion.
想到狂欢节, 你就会想到人群, 各种各样的
服装以及热闹非凡的场面.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考辽宁卷)Bring the flowers into a warm room ________ they’ll soon open.
A．or B．and
C．but D．for
解析：选B. 句意：把那些花搬进一间暖房, 它们很快就会开花. 本题考查“祈使句＋and ＋陈述句”这个特殊句型. 该句型中的祈使句相当于if 引导的条件状语从句. 本句还可改
为：If you bring the flowers into a warm room, they’ll soon open.
?
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件9张PPT。Module 4 Carnival教材背景链接
西方节日以其浪漫的氛围和丰富多样的庆祝活动, 得到了我国大多数年轻人的喜爱和推崇.
Some Western Festivals
?Valentine’s Day, February 14
情人节Candy, flowers and other tokens(标志) of affection are exchanged on this day, in honor of two martyrs, both named St. Valentine.
?April Fool’s Day, April 1 愚人节
Franksters feel that it is permissible to play all sorts of tricks on this day.
?Mother’s Day 母亲节The second Sunday in May, set aside to honor mothers.
?Father’s Day 父亲节
The third Sunday in June, set aside to honor fathers.
?Halloween, October 31 万圣节
A special day for making merry, wearing costumes and playing old-fashioned games. A favorite with children.
?Easter Sunday 复活节
The first Sunday after the first Monday in November for the election of public officials. This holiday is observed in most states.
?Thanksgiving Day 感恩节
Generally the fourh Thursday in November, set aside for national thanksgiving, especially for our democratic form of government. It is a legal holiday in all states.
?Labor’s Day 劳动节
The first Monday in September. Set aside to honor labor, it is a legal holiday in all states.
?Christmas Day, December 25 圣诞节
This is both a legal and religious holiday. It observes the anniversary of the birth of Jesus. All states and all those of the Christian faith celebrate this holiday.
新课导入
似乎是在不经意间, 我们把自己变成了一个原地打转的陀螺, 日复一日, 忙碌而乏味地生活. 节日的到来, 往往像一颗小石子掷入本已死寂的心湖, 掀起层层涟漪. 如果你期待度过一段真正刺激的时光, 如果你希望感受世界各地最奇特的民俗民风, 你一定不能错过下列这些西方最重要的节日.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件27张PPT。Module 5 The Great Sports PersonalityModule 5 The Great Sports PersonalitySection Ⅰ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Warming Up?Step One：Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1．_________________ (n.)田径运动
2．_________________ (n.) 球拍; 球棒
3．_________________ (n.) 跑道
4．_________________ (n.) 运动鞋; 教练员
5．_________________ (vi.) 退休athleticsbattracktrainerretire6．_______________ (vi.) 表现
7．_______________ (n.) 商标; 牌子
8．advantage (n.)_________________
9．designer (n.)___________________
10．gymnast (n.)__________________
performbrand优势; 长处设计师体操运动员Ⅱ.重点短语
1．__________ athletics 做田径运动
2．as _______as (除……之外)又,
不但……而且
3．____________ a list of 列……的清单
4．be ______________to do 下定决心要做
5．________________the market (商品)上市, 开始被出售dowellmakedeterminedcome onto 6．________ the increase 正在增加
7．have an advantage _______比……有优势
8．___________ ten seconds 每10秒钟
9．___________ money 赚钱
10．__________ an ambition 实现志向
onovereverymakeachieve?Step Two：Fast Reading
Ⅰ.Read the text and answer the following questions.
Li Ning was called the prince of gymnasts. When he retired at the age of 26, he had won 106 gold medals in major competitions across the world. To know more about his sports life and the life after his retirement, please read the text and then find answers to the following questions.
1．Why do you think he was successful as a sportsman?
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
He was called the prince of gymnasts as he had won many prizes and he was believed one of the greatest sportsmen in the 20th century.2．Why did he retire after the 1988 Seoul Olympics?
______________________________________
______________________________________
3．How many parts can we divide the passage into? And what’s the main idea of each part?Because he was disappointed at his bad performance and he had a feeling of failure.______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________Three parts.
①(Paragraph 1) Li Ning’s success in his sports life.
②(Paragraphs 2～4) Li Ning’s success as a businessman.
③(Paragraph 5) Li Ning’s goal after his retirement.
Ⅱ.Scan the text and then choose the best answer according to the text.
1．He was called the prince of gymnasts mainly because________.
A．he had won 106 medals in major world competitions
B．he was as famous as footballer PeleCC．he was the best gymnast all over the world
D．he was fond of gymnastics and saw it as his life
2．Why didn’t Li Ning feel happy although being listed together with Ali and Pele as one of the greatest sportsmen of the 20th century?( )DA．He was retired at an early age—26.
B．He hadn’t won everything that was possible to win in his sport.
C．He retired with the feeling that he had failed.
D．He had not performed well in the 1988 Seoul Olympics.
3．When he retired, he decided to launch a new brand of sportswear to ________.
A．compete with global giants
B．tell the world that he was able though retired
C．make money to live a better life
D．make money for opening a school for gymnastsD4．What is TRUE about Li Ning’s slogan “anything is possible”？( )
A．The retirement of a sportsman is not the finish of his life or career.
B．If you are willing to, you also can be a successful man like Li Ning.
C．We can succeed in anything if we are determined enough.CD．We are living in such a changeable world that nothing is impossible to happen.
5.From the last paragraph, we can infer ________.
A．Li Ning’s goal wasn’t to make money
B．Li Ning would open a school
C．Pele and Muhammad Ali worked in the United NationsDD．Li Ning can be regarded as a great sportsman
?Step Three：Careful Reading
Read the text again and fill in the blanks.
sixthreeperformedretirementlaunchmarketnationalinternationallydreamachieve?Step Four：Consolidation
Li Ning, known as the prince of 1.____________, 2.____________ at 26 with 106 gold medals in major 3.______________ across the world. But he was disappointed because he hadn’t 4._______________ well in the 1988 Seoul Olympics. A year after his retirement, gymnastsretired competitionsperformedLi Ning decided to launch a new brand of 5.______________, competing with global giants like Nike and Adidas. Furthermore,
he chose his own name as the 6._________ mark. He became a businessman. In just a few years, Li Ning 7._________ more than 50% of the national market. Now his company has also grown internationally. sportswearbrandwonIn 8.___________, he has opened a school for gymnasts to help young people to 9._________________ their dreams. For him, the work of great sportsman doesn’t 10.__________ when he retires from the sport. It just starts.
additionachieve/realisefinish?Step Five：Discussion
What should we learn from the famous sportsman?
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________We should learn from the famous sportsman. Never giving up/loving the country/overcoming any difficulty for the dream/having a strong wish for the future本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件80张PPT。Section Ⅱ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Language Study1. retire vi. 退休, 退役, 退出(比赛等)
(教材原句)When he retired at the age of 26, he had won 106 gold medals in major competitions across the world.
26岁退役时, 他已经在世界重大比赛中获得了106枚金牌. 归纳拓展①After retiring from the army, William spent a long time adjusting to civilian life. 从军队退役后, 威廉花了好长时间才适应平民生活.
②He had put aside a lot of money for retirement.
他已经为退休存了一笔数目相当可观的钱了 ③The retiring professor was exalted by his colleagues.
这位即将退休的教授受到了同事们的赞扬.
巧学活用
1－1用retire 的正确形式填空
(1)I have less than a year to go before _________________.
(2)He often _____________ to his country home to work on his book.
(3)Both of my parents are ________ teachers.retirementretiresretired1－2单项填空
I couldn’t stand the pressure of the young.I decided that I ______ early.
A．am going to retire
B．was going to retire
C．have retired D．had retired
解析：选B. 考查时态. 句意为：“我无法承受年轻人的压力, 我决定要早点退休. ”
2. perform vt.&vi. 表演, 表现; 执行, 实行
(教材原句)He was disappointed because he had not performed well in the 1988 Seoul Olympics.
因为在1988年汉城奥运会上表现不佳, 他非常失望.
归纳拓展
①Helicopters perform poorly in hot weather and at high altitude.
直升机在天气炎热和海拔较高时表现不佳.
②The young doctor performed the heart operation.
这位年轻医生为病人做了心脏手术.
③They always perform their duties faithfully.他们总是忠实地履行自己的职责.
【提示】
当perform 作不及物动词, 表示“表现”时, 常与 well 或 badly 搭配; 表示“表演”时, 后常跟介词on 或at, 如：perform on the flute 吹奏横笛.
巧学活用
2－1完成句子
(1)他答应过要帮助我们并且已履行了诺言.
He promised to help us and has __________________________.
(2)我们队在昨天的比赛中表现得很出色.
Our team ________________________ the match yesterday.
performed his promiseperformed well in2－2翻译句子
We clap at the end of a live performance, such as a play, or a concert, to say thank you to the performers.
______________________________________
_________________________________
我们在一个现场表演像戏剧或是音乐会结束时鼓掌来感谢表演者.3. on the increase 正在增加
(教材原句)The number of young people with money to spend was on the increase—and sport had never been so popular.
有钱消费的年轻人的数量在增加, 而体育运动也得到前所未有的普及.
归纳拓展
助记
①The number of traffic accidents seems to be on the increase.
交通事故的数量似乎正在增加. ②Compared with last year, our oil output has increased by 3%.
与去年相比, 我们的石油产量增加了3%.
③The number of the students in our school increased to 2,000 last year.
我们学校学生的数量去年增加到了2000人.
巧学活用
3－1完成句子
(1)近来, 这个港口的吞吐量增加了五分之二.
Recently, the throughput of this port ______________________ two fifths.
(2)人口已从十年前的一百二十万增加到现在的一百八十万. has increased byThe population has increased _______ 1.2 million 10 years ago _____ 1.8 million now.
(3)地震过后, 无家可归者的人数正在增加.
The number of the homeless is ________________ after the earthquake.
(4)警察当班值勤时不得抽烟.
A policeman must not smoke while he is ________________.
fromtoon the increaseon duty3－2单项填空
If their marketing plans succeed, they ________ their sales by 20 percent.
A．will increase
B．have been increasing
C．have increased
D．would be increasing解析：选A. 句意：要是他们的市场计划成功了, 他们将增加20%的销售额. 从句是一般现在时表将来, 主句常用一般将来时或情态动词can/may＋动词原形. 如：If we get up early tomorrow morning, we may/can see the sunrise.
4. advantage n. [C, U]优势; 长处; 便利条件
(教材原句)Li Ning’s designs were attractive, and they had a major advantage over their better-known rivals—they were cheaper. 李宁运动服不仅设计吸引人, 而且比起那些更为知名的商业对手, 它们拥有一个主要优势, 那就是价格便宜. ,
归纳拓展
①Her rich experience gave her an advantage over other applicants for the job.
她丰富的经验使她比其他求职者更具有利条件.
②Rich has an advantage over you since he can speak German.
理奇比你占优势, 因为他会讲德语. ③We should take full advantage of the material we have now.
我们应该充分利用我们现有的资源.
④We’re just weighing up the advantages and disadvantages.
我们正在仔细考虑各种有利和不利条件.
巧学活用
4－1完成句子
(1)也许可以把这次失败变成对我们有利
的事情. This failure may be turned __________________________.
(2)他在讲英语方面的劣势对我有利.
His disability to speak English was __________________________ me.to our advantageof advantage to(3)不会开汽车是他的缺点.
_______________________ not to be able to drive a car.
4－2单项填空
(1)(2012·安徽皖北高二联考)He was a much older player but he had the great _______ of experience.It is his disadvantageA．interest B．success
C．advantage D．honor
解析：选C. 句意：作为运动员, 他的年龄大了一些, 但他的优势是经验丰富. have the advantage of... 有……的优势.
(2)You will be at a(n)________ if you have thought about the interview questions in advance in application for a job.A．favor B．advantage
C．benefit D．profit
解析：选B. 考查名词辨析. at an advantage
“有利地”. 句意“在申请工作时, 事先考虑一下面试的问题将对你有利. ”
5. guarantee vt. 保证
(教材原句)Success for Li Ning was guaranteed, and it came quickly.
李宁的成功是有保证的, 而且很快就到来了.
归纳拓展
①The problem they face is how to guarantee the quality of the product in such a short time.他们面临的问题是如何在如此短的时间内保证产品质量.
②If you yell at him, he’s guaranteed to do the opposite of what you want.
如果你向他大喊大叫, 他肯定会跟你对着干. ③Your watch will be repaired free if it’s still under guarantee.
你的手表若还在保修期内的话, 将会得到免费维修.
巧学活用
5－1单句改错
(1)My bike is still on guarantee so they’ll repair it for free.___________________.
(2)He gave us guarantee that it would never happen again._________________________.on→underguarantee 前加不定冠词a5－2完成句子
即使完成了培训, 我也无法保证你能有工作.
Even if you complete your training, I can’t ____________________________.
5－3翻译句子
The medicine will guarantee you from/against heart attack.
________________________________
guarantee you a job这种药保证你不得心脏病6. purchase vt.购买
(教材原句)Today a Li Ning product is purchased every ten seconds.
现在每10秒就有一件李宁的产品被购买.
归纳拓展
①We treasure this dearly purchased victory.
我们珍惜这次以惨重的代价换来的胜利.
②He worked all summer to save money for the purchase of a piano.
他工作了一整个夏天, 为的是存钱买架钢琴.
③He purchased a car, which was the most expensive purchase he had ever made.
他购买了一辆小汽车, 这是他所买过的最昂贵的东西.
巧学活用
6－1用purchase 的正确形式填空
(1)I recommended that we __________ 10 copies for the library.
(2)Do you wish us to deliver your_______________？
(3)He _______________ a red car last month.
purchasepurchasespurchased7. achieve v．完成; 达到; 取得
(教材原句)Since then, he has continued to help young people to achieve their sporting ambitions. 从那时起, 他不断地帮助年轻人实现他们的体育梦想.
归纳拓展
①By hard working, we can achieve anything.通过努力工作, 我们可以获得一切. ②The achievement of one’s purpose depends largely on one’s perseverance.
目标的实现主要靠自己的毅力.
③Holding the East Asian Games was a great achievement for Hong Kong.
举办东亚运动会对香港来说是一项伟大的成就.
巧学活用
7－1完成句子
(1)他们未能达到通货膨胀率低于3%的目标.
They couldn’t ___________________ of less than 3% inflation.
(2)当你到达顶部时, 会有一种绝妙的成就感.
You get _______________________________ when you reach the top.achieve their targeta wonderful sense of achievement7－2单项填空
(2012·昆明模拟)He is the kind of person who stops at nothing in order to ________ his own purpose.
A．promote B．obtain
C．reach D．achieve
解析：选D. achieve one’s purpose达到目的.
8. symbol n. 符号, 象征, 标志
(教材原句)a symbol which represents a particular brand 代表一个特定品牌的标识
①The number “8” is seen by many Chinese as a symbol of good fortune and prosperity. 数字“8”被许多中国人认为是好运和财富的象征. ②The chemical symbol for copper is “Cu”．铜的化学符号是“Cu”. [易混辨析] symbol, signal, sign 和 mark③Athena produced an olive tree—the symbol of peace and wealth.
雅典娜造了一棵橄榄树, 象征和平与财富.
④We picked up signals for help on the radio.我们在无线电里收到了呼救信号.
⑤There is a stop sign at an intersection.在交叉路口处有停车标志.
⑥Suffering left its mark on his face.苦难的经历在他脸上留下了痕迹.
巧学活用
8－1用symbol, signal, sign和 mark 填空
(1)The ________ says “Parking Forbidden”
(2)A red lamp is used as a danger ________.
(3)The egg is a _______________ of new life.
(4)White ___________ painted on the trees show the route.signsignalsymbolmarks8－2单项填空
Many people like white as a color as it is a ________of purity.
A．symbol B．sign
C．signal D．symptom
解析：选A. 句意为“许多人喜欢白色, 因为它是纯洁的象征. ”
1. (教材原句)But it was this sense of failure that made him determined to succeed in his new life.但就是这种失败感使他决心在新的生活中取得成功.
[句法分析]本句为强调句型, 是对主语this sense of failure 的强调. 其常见句型为：It is/was ＋被强调部分＋ that/who＋其余部分①It was Jane who paid for the meal yesterday.昨天的饭钱是简付的.
②It was the meal that Jane paid for yesterday.简昨天付的是饭钱.
归纳拓展
(1)强调人时可用who 代替 that, 从句的谓语动词要根据被强调的主语确定单复数形式.
③It is I who am your friend. 我才是你的朋友.
(2)强调时间或地点状语时不可用 when 或where 代替that. ④It was in 1999 that they first met each other. 他们是在1999年初次见面的.
(3)强调句型的一般疑问句式就是将 be 动词放于句首.
⑤Was it in the park that Tom met your younger sister yesterday?
汤姆昨天是在公园遇见你的妹妹的吗？(4)强调句型的特殊疑问句式是：疑问词＋is/was ＋it ＋ that...?
⑥Where was it that Jack met your younger friend yesterday?
杰克昨天是在哪里见到你朋友的？
(5)特殊疑问句的强调句式在宾语从句中要用陈述语序. ⑦I don’t know what it was that made him so angry.
我不知道什么使他如此生气.
(6)有时可用“It might be...that...”或“It must have been... that...”等句型表示强调.
⑧It might be his father that he’s thinking of.
他想到的可能是他的父亲. ⑨It must have been his younger brother
that you saw.
你看到的想必是他的弟弟.
(7)“not... until...” 的强调句型
构成：It is/was not until ＋ 时间状语＋ that...
⑩He didn’t go to bed until ten o’clock.→It was not until ten o’clock that he went to bed.
直到10点钟, 他才去睡觉.
(8)注意强调句型与其他状语从句的区别：
强调句型的特点是：如果把It is/was 和that 去掉, 原句依然成立.
试比较：
分析：第一句为强调句型, 被强调的是时间状语. 如去掉It was 和that, 原句变为：I got back home at midnight yesterday.句子依然成立. 第二句则不可以. (9)强调句中含定语从句
?It is in the factory where his father works that this type of computer is produced.这种电脑是在他爸爸工作的工厂里被生产的.
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)是他们迟到了.
It was they that ________ late.
(2)直到她取下墨镜我才认出她是一个著名的电影明星. It was _____________________ her dark glasses that I realized she was a famous film star.werenot until she took off(3)你是什么时候开始学英语的？
____________________ you began to learn English?
1－2单项填空
Was it on a lonely island ________ he was saved one month after the boat went down?
A．where B．that
C．which D．whatWhen was it that 解析：选B. 句意：是不是船沉了以后一个月他才在一个孤岛上被救？根据句中出现的it was及强调句型的判断方法可确定该题考查强调句型. where, which和what均不能构成强调句型. 判断强调句的方法是把it is/was和that去掉, 剩下的句子在结构及意义上均完整, 此处为强调句.
2. (教材原句)If you go into a school or university anywhere, the chances are you will see students in Li Ning tracksuits with the familiar logo.
如果你走进任何地方的中学或大学校园, 你很有可能看到身着印有那个熟悉的李宁标识的运动服的学生. [句法分析]
这是一个复合句. if 引导条件状语从句, 主句为the chances are...; you will see students...为主句中的表语从句, 连接词 that 可省略.
the chances are (that)．.. 是一种固定句式, 意为“可能……”, chance意为“可能性”.
①The worker held that if he was unable to take the machine apart, the chances were that no other worker in the plant could either.那工人认为, 如果他拆不开那台机器的话, 那么很可能厂里的其他工人也拆不开.
归纳拓展
There is a chance of/that... 某事很有可能
The chances that... are good./The chances are good that... 某事的可能性很大
The chances are ten to one that...
某事十有八九会发生
sb. have a chance of doing sth.
某人很有可能做某事
②There’s a chance that she left her keys in the office.
她有可能把钥匙忘在办公室里了.
③His chances of being able to leave hospital in time for New Year Celebrations were good他能离开医院回去过新年的可能性很大.
④The chances are ten to one that we will
win.我们十有八九会赢.
巧学活用
2－1同义句转换
(1)There is no chance of raining today.
There is ________________it will rain today
(2)He is likely to win in this match again.
____________________________________
he will win in this match again.
no chance thatThe chances are that/It is likely that2－2单项填空
—You’ve booked a ticket on a four o’clock flight.
—What chance ________ of taking an earlier plane?
A．there is B．is it
C．there it is D．is there解析：选D. 此处 chance 表示一种“可能
性”, 如果把该句变为肯定句, 应是：There is a chance that we can take an earlier plane. 因此此句话应是 there be 句型, 排除B、C两项; 本句为问句, 应用疑问语序.
3. (教材原句)Whenever Chinese athletes step out onto the track during the 2008 Olympics, they will be wearing Li Ning tracksuits.
当中国运动员步入2008年奥运会赛场时, 他们将身穿李宁牌运动服.
[句法分析]
whenever＝ no matter when 引导让步状语从句, 意为“无论何时”, “每当”.
①Whenever we met difficulties, they came to help us.
无论什么时候我们遇到困难, 他们都来帮助我们.
归纳拓展
在引导让步状语从句时
whatever＝ no matter what 无论什么
whoever＝ no matter who 无论谁
however＝ no matter how 无论到什么程度
wherever＝ no matter where 无论何地
②Whatever/No matter what he says,
I will not believe it.
无论他说什么, 我都不会相信.
(让步状语从句)
③I will not believe whatever he says.
我不会相信他说的话. (宾语从句)
[易混辨析] “no matter ＋ 疑问词”和
“疑问词＋ ever”的区别
wh-ever 既可引导让步状语从句, 也可引导名词性从句.
no matter＋ wh- 只能引导让步状语从句.④Whoever (No matter who) calls, tell him I am out.
无论谁打电话, 告诉他, 我出去了.
⑤You can take whatever you like.
你可以喜欢什么就拿什么. (不能用 no matter what)
巧学活用 3－1完成句子
(1)不管花多长时间, 我们都决心要解决这个问题.
We are determined to solve this problem, ____________________________ it takes.
(2)她每次来都带着个朋友.
____________________________________, she brings a friend.no matter how longNo matter when, Whenever she comes3－2单项填空
To show our respect, we usually have to take our gloves off ________ we are to shake hands with.
A．whichever B．whenever
C．whoever D．wherever
解析：选C. 句意：为了表示尊敬, 不管和谁握手, 我们通常都会摘下手套. 从句中缺少宾语, 且指人, 故选C.
温馨提示
请做课时作业 Module 5 Section Ⅱ本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件64张PPT。Section Ⅲ Listening, Everyday English, Function and Speaking & Cultural Corner?Step One：Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.重点单词
1．_____________ (vi. & vt.) 得分
2．_____________ (n.) 决赛
3．_____________ (n.) 冠军
4．_____________ (n.) 特性; 品德; 品性score final championquality5．_________________ (adv.) 戏剧性地
6．protest (vi.)_______________________
7．competitor (n.)_____________________
8．tough (adj.)________________________
Ⅱ.重点短语
1．vote _______ 投票赞成; 投(某人的)票
2．After_______ 终究, 到底
3．________all time 有史以来; 一直, 始终dramatically抗议竞争者; 对手费力的; 棘手的; 困难的for all of 4. ___________sport 做运动
5．be up_____ sb. 由……决定
6．__________ what? 那又怎么样？
7．rise _______one’s feet 站起身
8．according ______按照; 据……所说
9．_________up 扶起; 拿起; 接(某人); 学会
10．________the end 最后, 结果
11．be good _______擅长于
do to So to to pick inat?Step Two: Fast Reading
Ⅰ.阅读Cultural Corner 中的文章Marathon: the Ultimate Olympic Event, 判断正(T)误(F).
1．Marathon is usually the most exciting event in the Olympics.( )
2．The distance of marathon has been the same as it began.( )
3．There are many marathons in the world every year.( )
TFTⅡ.Read the passage again and choose the best answers.
1．Marathon was regarded as one of the events of the Olympics in honour of______.
A．the battle in Marathon
B．the victory of the Greeks over the PersiansCC．the soldier who devoted his life to bringing the news of a Greek victory against the Persians
D．the king of England who set the distance of the Marathon
2．Marathon is the final Olympic event because ________.
A．it is the least attractive oneDB．it cost the longest time
C．it is the longest distance run
D．it is regarded as the hardest one
3．When the leader comes to run for the last metres, the crowd rises to their feet to shout and cheer, from which we can infer _______.
A．Marathon is welcomed and liked by peopleAB．there are many people watching the event
C．waiting people get impatient
D．Marathon is very interesting
4．Who can be the runner of Marathon?( )
A．The strongest ones.
B．The athletes with gifts.
C．Most people who are trained for it.
D．The ones with strong will.
C1. score vi. & vt. 得分
(教材原句)How many goals did Pele score in his first World Cup?
贝利第一次参加世界杯比赛进了多少个球？归纳拓展①He scored a goal in the final minute of the game. 他在比赛的最后一分钟进了一球.
②College entrance test scores are important for students.
大学入学考试分数对学生们来说是非常重要的.
③There were scores of boxes to be loaded.有许多箱子等待装运.
[易混辨析] score, dozen ④He told me two score of old people died of flu in the city last winter.
他告诉我去年冬天这个城市有40名老人死于流行感冒.
⑤Dozens/Scores of people were in line out of the bank.
许多人在银行外面排队.
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)每答对一题得二分.
Each correct answer will ________________________.
(2)许多志愿者主动帮忙.
___________ volunteers offered to help.score two pointsScores of1－2单项填空
At ________ World Table Tennis Championship, Chinese Men Team won the gold medal with ________ score of 3∶1.
A．a; a B．/; the
C．a; / D．the; a解析：选D. World Table Tennis Championship 为普通名词构成的专有名词, 其前应加定冠词 the; score 作为可数名词在此处为第一次出现, 其前加不定冠词a.
2. quality n. [C]特性; 品德; 品性; [U, C]质量
(教材原句)What qualities do you need to be a great sportsman or sportswoman?
你需要什么素质才能成为一名伟大的运动员？
归纳拓展
①We should improve what is called the quality of living.
我们应该改进所谓的生活质量.
②What is the quality you most admire in others？你最羡慕其他人的什么品质？
③A large quantity of flowers has been planted to beautify our environment.
为了美化我们的环境, 种植了大量的花.
④The changes of quantity cause the changes of quality.
(Marx) 量变引起质变. (马克思)
巧学活用
2－1单项填空
(1)The shoes we sell are all ______ high quality.
A．in B．of
C．with D．at
解析：选B Be of high quality 意为
“质量很高”. (2)He always buys things ________ quantity.
A．in B．of
C．with D．at
解析：选A. in quantity 意为“大量的, 许多的”. 2－2翻译句子
He has the personal qualities necessary to be a successful salesman.
________________________________________________________________________
他具有能成为成功的销售人员必要的个人素质. 3. of all time 有史以来, 从未有过
(教材原句)Li Ning was the best gymnast of all time.
李宁是有史以来最优秀的体操运动员.
归纳拓展
①Many people think him the best singer of all time.
许多人认为他是有史以来最优秀的歌手.
②Mozart was a composer, possibly the greatest musical genius of all time.
莫扎特是一名作曲家, 可能是有史以来最伟大的音乐天才.
巧学活用
3－1完成句子
(1)中国在任何时候决不首先使用核武器.
________________ will China be the first to use nuclear weapons.
(2)你认为谁是有史以来最伟大的思想家？
Who do you think is the greatest thinker ________________？At no timeof all time(3)情况在不断变化着.
Conditions are changing ______________.
(4)每次给我两块砖头.
Pass me the bricks two _______________.
all the timeat a time4. rise to one’s feet 站起身
(教材原句)As the leader comes into the stadium to run the last few metres of the 42-kilometre race, the crowd rises to its feet to shout and cheer. 当领先的运动员进入体育场来跑那42公里赛程的最后几米时, 全场观众站起来欢呼喝彩.
归纳拓展
①When Mr. Farage stood in the conference hall, the delegates rose to their feet and applauded.当法拉奇先生进入会场时, 代表们站起来鼓掌.
②The lion jumped to his feet and started running toward the goat.
狮子一跃而起, 向山羊跑去.
③He earns enough to stand on his own feet.他赚的钱足以自立.
巧学活用
4－1完成句子
(1)那位老人慢慢站起来, 离开了会议室.
The old man slowly _________________ and left the meeting room.
(2)听到这个消息, 男孩子们高兴地跳了起来.
Hearing the news, the boys _____________________________ with joy.rose to his feetjumped to their feet(3)我们走着去, 不坐汽车.
We’re going ____________, not by car.
5. protest vi. 抗议
(教材原句) The Americans protested and in the end the American runner was declared the winner. 美国人提出抗议, 最终那名美国运动员被宣布为获胜者.
on foot归纳拓展
助记
①They protested to the mayor that the taxes were too high.
他们向市长提出抗议说税款过高. ②The workers made a protest about the changes of their salary.
工人对工资的变化提出了抗议.
③The minister resigned in protest against the decision.
这位部长为反对那项决策而辞职.
巧学活用
5－1单句改错
(1)Some one has to keep protesting on human rights.
______________________________________
(2)He accepted his punishment without protester.
______________________________________
on→against/at/aboutprotester→protest5－2完成句子
(1)她坚持说她以前从未见过这个被指控的
男子.
She _______________ she had never seen
the accused man before.
(2)他怎么能心甘情愿地接受那种待遇呢？
How can he accept that kind of treatment ________________________？
protested thatwithout protest6. declare vt.宣布
(教材原句)The Americans protested and in the end the American runner was declared the winner.
美国人提出抗议, 最终那名美国运动员被宣布为获胜者.
归纳拓展
①The next day, US President Franklin Roosevelt declared war against Japan.
第二天, 美国总统富兰克林·罗斯福宣布对日作战.
②The judge declared him (to be) innocent.法官宣布他无罪.
③The committee declared against the plan.委员会反对这个计划.
易混辨析] declare, announce ④I declare the meeting closed. 我宣布会议结束.
⑤Everyone was silent as he announced the winner of the competition.
当他宣布竞赛的优胜者时, 大家都静静地倾听.
巧学活用
6－1用declare 和announce 填空
(1)Do you think he will __________ against the plan?
(2)Please _____________ to the children that there will be no school this afternoon.
(3)The news was _________________ by Radio Beijing.declareannounceannounced6－2单项填空
(1)The fact that she never apologized ______ a lot about what kind of person she is.
A．says B．talks
C．appears D．declares解析：选A. 考查动词辨析. 句意为：她从
不道歉的事实说明了她是个什么样的人.
Say 说, 说明, 表明, 符合题意. talk 讨论, 说
话; appear 出现, 看上去好像; declare 宣布,
声明. (2)In 1938, Hitler ________ war against Poland, which started the Second World War.
A．declared
B．announced
C．broadcast
D．advertised
解析：选A. 句意：1938年, 希特勒对波兰宣战, 开始了第二次世界大战. declare多用于表示“宣战, 宣告”, 符合题意. announce“公开宣布, 断言”; broadcast“广播, 播音”; advertise“做广告”. 1. (教材原句)So what? means it isn’t important.
“那又怎么样呢？”意为“那并不重要”.
[句法分析]
So what? 为日常用语. 含义为“那又怎么样呢？”表达一种满不在乎的语气. —He’s fifteen years younger than you.
—So what?
——他比你小十五岁.
——那又怎么啦？
归纳拓展
So what？＝ What of it？ 那又怎么样？
What for？ 为什么？
What then 那又怎么样呢? 那又该怎么办?
What if...？ 如果……将会怎么样？
What about...？…怎么样？(用于征求意见)
What’s up？发生什么啦？
①What for did you ask that silly question？你为什么要问那个愚蠢的问题？
②—What if it rains tomorrow?
—We’ll just have to postpone it.
——如果明天下雨将会怎么样？
——我们将不得不推迟.
③What about doing a spot of work？
做点儿事怎么样？
巧学活用
1－1单项填空
(2012·河北唐山一模)—Hey, Mary, you got a second?
—Sure. ________？
A．What’up B．What’s wrong
C．Why not D．So what解析：选A. 句意：——嘿, 玛丽, 你有空吗？——当然. 怎么了？解题关键在于正确理解 Mary, you got a second? 这句话的含义. You got a second？是 Have you got a second？的省略, 意为：你现在有时间吗？A：怎么了？出什么事儿了？B：(身体)哪儿不舒服？C：为什么不呢？表示赞同; D：那又怎么样？
常用来反驳他人的指责. 1－2完成句子
(1)“汤姆, 你的房间看起来一团糟. ”
“那又怎样？”
—Tom, your room looks terrible.
—________________？
(2)倘使你生病了怎么办呢？
________________ you should fall sick?
So what What if2. (教材原句)The marathon is the final Olympic event because it is thought to be the hardest.
马拉松赛是奥运会的最后一项赛事, 因为它被认为是最艰难的项目. [句法分析]
it is thought to be the hardest 结构中 it 代替 the marathon, 表示“据认为”含义; 这一句型还可用 it 作形式主语, that 从句为主语从句, 构成：It is thought that...
①John is thought to be one of the best teachers in the school.
＝It is thought that John is one of the best teachers in the school.
约翰被认为是这所学校最好的老师之一.
归纳拓展
②Heat is considered to be a form of energy.热被看作是一种能量.
③He was said to have won the game.
据说他赢得了比赛.
巧学活用
2－1句式改写
①据说他在写一本新书.
It is said that he is writing a new book.
→He is said ________________ a new book.to be writing②据说我市已建了一所新大学.
It is said that a new college has been built in our city.
→A new college is said ___________________ in our city.
to have been built温馨提示
请做课时作业 Moudle 5 Section Ⅲ本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件69张PPT。Section Ⅳ Grammar & Writing1. 2. 状语从句
状语从句主要分为时间、地点、条件、原
因、让步、方式、比较、目的、结果状语从句等, 本模块重点讲解时间、条件和让步状语从句.
一、时间状语从句
1．when, while 和as 三者都有“当……的时候”之意, 都可引导时间状语从句.
2.till 和 until
在肯定句中, 主句谓语动词为延续性动词; 表示“直到……为止”. 在否定句中, 构成not... until/till 结构, 表示“直到……才……”, 主句谓语动词为终止性动词. till 和until 一般可互换, 但 till 不置于句首; until 可以置于句首 The stranger waited till my master came home.
那个陌生人一直等到我主人回家.
I didn’t go to bed until/till my father came back.
直到我父亲回来, 我才上床睡觉.
【提示】当not until... 置于句首时,
句子部分倒装. 其强调句为： It is/was not until... that....
Not until we pointed out their fault to them did they realize it.
＝It was not until we pointed out their fault that they realized it.直到我们向他们指出了他们的错误, 他们才意识到.
3．before 和since 引导的时间状语从句
(1)若表达“还未……就……”“不到……就……”“……才……”“趁, 还没来得及”时, 需用连词before. 例如：
He had put the broken vase away before his mother came back.他趁妈妈还没回来就把打碎的花瓶收拾好了. (2)It will be＋ 时间段＋before sb. do (does)“多久之后才……”.
It will be 3 days before our manager signs the agreement.
要过3天后经理才签那份协议.
(3)since 从句的谓语动词一般是非延续性动
词, 主句的谓语动词是延续性的或者是表示反复发生的动作. since 从句的时态通常是一般过去时, 主句中的时态则通常是现在完成时或现在完成进行时.
He has written to me frequently since I got sick.
自从我病了以后, 他经常给我写信. (4)在It is＋ 时间段＋ since 从句句型中, 时间的计算一律从since 从句的动作完成或状态结束时算起.
It is half a year since she was in our class. 她离开我们班有半年了.
It is three years since he smoked. 他戒烟有三年了.
4．immediately, instantly, the instant, the moment/minute 等引导时间状语从句, 相当于 as soon as, 表示“一……就”, 表示从句的动作一发生, 主句的动作随即发生.
The moment I heard the news, I hastened to the spot.
我一听到消息, 马上赶到了(出事)地点. As soon as I reach Canada, I will ring you up.
我一到加拿大, 就给你打电话.
[提示]hardly (scarcely, rarely)．.. when/before, no sooner... than 相当于 as soon as. 主句用过去完成时, 从句用一般过去时. 当hardly, scarcely, rarely 和no sooner 位于句首时, 主句应用倒装语序. He had no sooner arrived home than he was asked to start on another journey.
他刚到家, 就被邀请开始另一旅程.
No sooner had the sun shown itself above the horizon than he got out of bed to commence with work.
太阳刚从地平线上升起, 他就起床劳动去了.
5．由each time, every time, the first time 等引导的时间状语从句
Each time he came to Harbin, he would call on me.
他每次来哈尔滨, 总是来看我. 6．whenever 引导时间状语从句, 表示“每当……时”.
Whenever that man says “To tell the truth”, I suspect that he’s about to tell a lie.
每当那个人说“说实话”的时候, 我猜想他就要说谎了.
二、条件状语从句
引导条件状语从句的连词或词组有：if, unless, as/so long as, on condition that, provided/providing (that), suppose/supposing (that), only if, if only等. 若主句是将来时, 条件状语从句用一般现在时表示. 1．if 与unless
后者在意义上相当于“if... not”, 而且语气较
强, 一般不用于虚拟语气.
I’ll buy a computer unless I’m not able to save up enough money.
我将买台计算机, 除非我不能存下足够的钱.
2．suppose/supposing (that), provided/providing (that) 假如Suppose you had a million pounds, how would you spend it？假如你有一百万英镑, 你怎么花呢？
Supposing (that) it rains, can we play the match indoors?
要是下雨的话, 我们在室内比赛行吗？
3．as (so) long as (只要); on condition (that)
(在……条件下; 倘若)
As long as it doesn’t rain, we can play.
只要不下雨我们就能玩.
You can go out on condition that you wear an overcoat.
你要穿上外衣才能出去. 4．only if(只要; 只有), if only (但愿, 要是……该多好).
only if 引导真实条件句, 用于句首, 主句主谓倒装, if only 一般引导虚拟条件句或感叹句.
Only if a teacher has given permission, is a student allowed to enter this room. 只有得到教师的许可, 学生才可以进这间屋子. (真实条件句)If only he had come, he would have met you.
他要是来的话会见到你的. (虚拟条件句)
三、让步状语从句
引导让步状语从句的连词主要有以下这些：though, although, as; even if, even though; whether... or...; no matter＋ 疑问词,
疑问词-ever. 1．though, although “尽管, 虽然”
Although/Though he was worn out, (still) he kept on working.虽然他已经精疲力竭了, 但仍然继续工作.
[提示]这两个连词意思大致相同, 在一般情
况下可以互换使用. 在口语中, though 较常使用, although 比though 正式, 二者都可与yet, still 或nevertheless 连用, 但不能与but 连用. although 引导的让步状语从句位于主句之前的情况较多, though 引导的让步状语从句可位于主句之前或主句之后.
2．as 引导让步状语从句, 表示“尽管; 即使; 虽然”.
as 引导的让步状语从句中表语、状语或动词原形必须提到as 之前, though 也可用于这样的结构中, 但 although 不可以这样用. Hard as/though he works, he makes little progress.
(＝Though he works hard, he makes little progress.)
尽管他学习很努力, 但几乎没取得什么进步.
Child as/though he was, he knew what was the right thing to do.(＝Though he was a child, he knew what was the right thing to do.)虽然他是一个孩子, 但他知道该做什么.
3．even if, even though 表示“即使……”,
“纵使……”之意.
We’ll make a trip even if/though the weather is bad.
即使天气不好, 我们也要去旅行.
4．whether... or... 表示“不论是否……”, “不管是……还是……”之意.
由这一个复合连词引导的让步状语从句旨在说明正反两方面的可能性都不会影响主句的意向或结果.
You’ll have to attend the ceremony whether you’re free or busy.不管你忙不忙, 都要参加这个典礼.
5．“no matter ＋ 疑问词”或
“疑问词-ever”
however (无论怎样), whatever(无论什么), whoever(无论谁), whomever(无论谁), whichever(无论哪个), whenever(无论何时), wherever(无论哪里), no matter(who, what, where, when, etc.)(无论……)引导让步状语从句时, 两种形式可以互换. No matter what happened, he would not mind.
(＝Whatever happened, he would not mind.)
无论发生了什么, 他都不会介意的.
[提示]“no matter＋ 疑问词”结构只能引导让步状语从句, 而“疑问词-ever”还可以引导名词性从句. Whatever(＝No matter what) you say, I won’t believe you.无论你说什么, 我都不会相信你.
I’ll eat whatever(≠no matter what) you give me.
你给我吃什么, 我就吃什么.
Ⅰ.用适当的连词填空
1．I was about to leave my house _______ there was a knock at the door.
2．Hardly had I clicked my mail box ________ I found an Email from my teacher.
3．No sooner had Tom locked the door ______ he realized he left the key in the roomwhenwhenthan4．You will lose your chance of going to college ________ you study hard.
5．________ I could say anything, he had disappeared.
6．I’ll ring you ________________ I get an answer from him.
7．Don’t promise anything ________ you’re 100 percent sure.unlessBeforeas soon as unless8．He has worked very hard ________ he entered the factory.
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．Many of them didn’t follow his advice, ________________________(即使他们知道) it to be valuable.sinceeven though they knew2．I won’t call you, ______________________________________
(除非有意外的事情发生)．
3._____________________________(如果他没有伤到腿的话), John would have won the race.unless something unexpected happensIf he had not hurt his leg4．—Are you ready for Spain?
—Yes, I want the girls to experience that ____________________________(在她们还小的时候)．
5．The field research will take Joan and Paul about five months; it will ______________________________________
(很长时间后我们才能再见到他们)．
while they are youngbe a long time before we meet them againⅢ.单项填空
1．(2011·高考山东卷)He had his camera ready ________ he saw something that would make a good picture.
A．even if B．if only
C．in case D．so that解析：选C. 考查状语从句引导词. 句意
“他准备好了相机以防看到可以拍摄的景物. ” in case 为“以防; 以免”, even if 为“即使”, if only 为“如果……”,
so that“为了, 以便”.
2．(2011·高考大纲全国卷)It was a nice meal, ________ a little expensive.
A．though B．whether
C．as D．since
解析：选A. 考查连词. 句意：那顿饭真美味, 尽管有点贵. though “尽管”, 引导让步状语从句, 该句使用了省略形式, 补全为“though it was a little expensive” 注意 as 也可以表示“尽管”, 但 as 作此意时必须使用倒装结构.
3．(2011·高考上海卷)If a lot of people say a film is not good, I won’t bother to see it, or I’ll wait ________ it comes out on DVD.
A．whether B．after
C．though D．until
解析：选D. 考查状语从句和连词. 句意为：如果众人都说一部电影不好, 我不会急着去看, 或者会等到DVD出来.
4．(2012·兰州一中高二年级考试)I found her nice and honest ________ I saw her.
A．for the first time B．the first time
C．on the first time D．at first
解析：选B. 考查状语从句的连接词.
此处 the first time 名词用作连词, 意为
“一……就……”.
5．(2012·河南实验中学第一次月考)________ the Internet is of great help, I don’t think it’s a good idea to spend too much time on it.
A．If B．While
C．Because D．As
解析：选B. 考查状语从句的连接词. 此处 while 意为“尽管”. 句意：尽管网络有很大的帮助, 但我认为花费太多的时间上网不是个好主意.
6．(2012·桂林中学第一次月考)How long is
it ________ we last had a picnic together?
A．until B．before
C．that D．since
解析：选D. 考查时间状语从句的连接词. 根据一般过去时态可知用 since.
7．(2012·日照一中高二年级学段调研)
_______, the dancers practice hard to make their dreams come true.
A．Being disabled as they
B．Although disabled they are
C．Disabled though they are
D．As they are disabled
解析：选C. 考查让步状语从句. 此处though 相当于 as, 把形容词提前其他不变.
8．When ________ to the tree, the poor boy burst into tears and called for help.
A．finding tie B．found tied
C．found being tied D．found to tie
解析：选B. 句意：当发现被捆在树上, 那个可怜的孩子突然哭了起来并寻求帮助. 前面属于状语从句的省略, 补充完整为：When the poor boy was found tied to the tree.
9．(2012·高安中学高二考试)In peace, too, the Red Cross is expected to send help ________ there is human suffering.
A．whoever B．however
C．whatever D．wherever
解析：选D. 考查让步状语从句的连接词. 不管哪里有灾难, 红十字会就会送去帮助.
10．(2012·哈师大附中考试)What does it matter whether you are rich or poor, ________ you are happy?
A．as long as B．unless
C．even if D．though
解析：选A. 句意：只要你快乐, 是富有还是贫穷那重要吗？ as long as “只要”, 符合句
意.
如何写好通知
写作要求
假如有一批澳大利亚中学生在京旅游, 住在北京饭店, 请用英语为他们拟一个参观颐和园的口头通知, 内容要点如下：
1．参观时间：五月四日, 星期二2．颐和园简介：它是中国最大的保存完好的皇家园林, 风景优美, 甚是迷人, 有山有水, 有皇家建筑和画廊.
3．活动安排：上午自由参观, 中午在快餐馆吃午饭, 下午5∶30返回宾馆.
4．集合时间：星期二早上6∶10, 汽车6∶30开, 行驶45分钟. 5．集合地点：宾馆大门口.
要求：不要逐条翻译 词数：100词左右.
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
审题谋篇
词汇突破on Tuesday, May 4well-keptroyal parkbe struck bybeautiful sceneryfast-food restaurantgather at the hotel gateon time写作要点
1．我们将在五月四日星期二参观颐和园.
____________ the Summer Palace on Tuesday, May 4.
2．颐和园是中国最大、保存最完好的皇家园林. The Summer Palace ______________________________ in China.We will visitis the largest well-kept royal park3．你们会被它的美景迷住.
You _________________ its beautiful scenery.
4．星期二早上6∶10在宾馆门口集合.
Gather at the hotel gate at 6∶10
_____________________________.
will be struck byon Tuesday morning佳作欣赏
Dear friends,
May I have your attention please?
We will visit the Summer Palace on Tuesday, May 4. The Summer Palace is the largest well-kept royal park in China. In the park there is water and man-piled hills. ①There are some royal buildings and a gallery, too. I am sure ②you will be struck by its beautiful scenery. ③In the morning we will be free to visit the different places of the Summer Palace and then we will have lunch in the fast-food restaurant. We will get back to the hotel at half five. Please gather at the hotel gate at 6∶10 on Tuesday morning. The buses will start at 6∶30. ④ It will take us about 45 minutes to get there. Please be on time.
That’s all. Thank you.
名师点津
【美文点津】
亮点一：符合口头通知的特点和要求, 简明扼要, 富有条理.
亮点二：恰当地使用了①there be 句型、②宾语从句、③并列句以及④it takes sb. some time to do sth. 句式. 亮点三：用词准确, 表达清晰, 如
royal park、 gallery、 be struck、 beautiful scenery 以及时间的表达方式都非常准确.
【类文点津】
1．口头通知的写法
通知是一种常见的应用文体, 用来把有关事情告知特定的读者或听众. 通知的正文就是通告的内容, 是通知的主体部分, 包括通告的对象、事由、时间和地点等. 通知分为书面通知和口头通知两种. 这两种通知在格式上存在一定的差别.
1．口头通知：口头通知是通过口述由一方向另一方传达情况、布置事项等的一种文体. 写口头通知的注意事项：
(1)开头处可以有称呼, 具体因通知对象而异, 可以顶格写, 如：“Girls and boys, ” “Ladies and gentlemen, ” “Comrades and friends, ”和“Teachers and fellow students, ”等.
(2)要有开头语, 如“May I have your attention, please？”或“Attention please, everyone！”. 还可以说“I have anannouncement to make.”或“I have good news for you all.”等.
(3)口头通知一般不用写题目, 也不用写通知时间和通知的单位.
(4)最好有结束语. 如“Thank you (for your attention)．”“Everybody is welcome.”“Please be there on time.”或“Don’t forget, will you？”等. (5)语言应符合口语习惯, 可用缩写形式,
句子不可过长或复杂.
2．常用表达
写通知时, 常用句型如下：
(1)May I have your attention, please? I have an announcement to make.
Attention, please, everyone! I have an announcement to make.请大家注意, 我要通知一件事.
(2)Listen, please! There is something important you need to know.
Listen, please! I have something important to tell you.
请注意！有件重要的事情要让大家知道.
(3)There is going to be... Be quiet, please!
将要……, 请大家安静！(4)Any questions? Does everyone understand?
还有问题吗？大家都清楚了吗？
(5)Thank you for your attention! 谢谢大家
(注意)!(6)Everybody is welcome. Please be there
on time.
欢迎大家来参加, 请按时到场.
Don’t forget, will you? 别忘了, 好吗？
That’s all. Thank you. 就这样, 谢谢.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件20张PPT。单元盘点Module 5 The Great Sports PersonalityLi Ning is not only a man’s name but also a brand of ①_____________. Who created the brand? Li Ning, a world-famous gymnast. Li Ning performed well and won 106 gold medals in all, including three Olympic ones. When he retired at 26, he decided to start a new life using his sporting ②_____________. sports-wearbackgroundLi Ning founded a company to make tracksuits and quickly succeeded. Its logo is LN and slogan is anything is possible. The major advantage of his products is that they are cheaper than those well-known ③____________________. The demand for his products was on the increase with sport being popular, which ④_____________ his success. competitorsguaranteedAt Beijing Olympic Games, when the athletes wearing his sportswear stood on the platform, the excited audience rose to their feet, shouting and cheering to celebrate ⑤_________. Li Ning’s product is so popular that now it is purchased every ten seconds. You can see it everywhere, on the athletics track, the football ⑥__________, victorypitchat school or in the street. Li Ning employs Italian designers to create new styles. Now, owning a Li Ning’s product is a ⑦________ of health. Li Ning is also a man of high quality. His ⑧_____________ dream was to open a school for training gymnasts. His dream came true in 1991. symbolultimateLi Ning also encourages teenagers to take part in more sports, including ⑨______________, a tough race, which builds up one’s strong will. When Li Ning donated large amounts of money to the drought
-stricken areas, people couldn’t help thinking highly of him. Over 20 years after ⑩ ____________from gymnastics, Li Ning has built up a business empire of sports.
marathonretirement 李宁既是一个人的名字, 也是运动服的品牌. 谁创造了这个品牌？李宁, 一位世界著名的体操运动员. 他表现出色, 共获得了106个冠军, 包括3个奥运会冠军.
当他26岁退役时, 他决定利用自己的体育背景开创新的生活. 李宁成立了一家公司制造运动服, 而且很快获得了成功. 它的标识是LN, 标语是 anything is possible. 李宁产品的最大优势是比其他著名的竞争者的产品便宜. 对他产品的需求随着体育变得流行起来而上涨, 这保证了他的成功. 在北京奥运会上, 当穿着李宁牌运动服的运动员们站在领奖台上时, 激动的观众站起来, 大声地欢呼着, 庆祝胜利. 李宁产品是如此受欢迎以至于每10秒钟就卖出一件. 你在任何地方都可以看到它, 在田径运动跑道上, 在足球场上, 在校园里, 在街道上. 李宁雇用意大利设计师设计新的风格. 现在拥有一件李宁牌运动服是健康的象征. 李宁同时也是一个品德高尚的人. 他的最终目的是开办一所学校训练运动员. 在1991年他的梦想实现了. 李宁还鼓励青少年多参加体育活动, 包括马拉松比赛, 一项非常艰苦的赛跑, 可以锻炼人的意志. 当李宁向旱区捐赠大量的钱时, 人们禁不住肃然起敬. 在从体操退役20多年以后, 李宁建起了一个体育商业王国.
链接一 强调句型：It is/was ＋被强调部分＋ that/who (指人)＋其余部分.
(教材原句P42)But it was this sense of failure that made him determined to succeed in his new life.
但就是这种失败感使他决心在他的的新生活中取得成功. [高考例证]
(2011·高考重庆卷)—Have you seen the film Under the Hawthorn Tree?
—Of course, I have. It was in our village ________ it was made.
A．That B．where
C．when D．which
解析：A. 本题考查强调句型用法. 句意：——你看过电影《山楂树之恋》吗？——我当然看过. 那部电影就是在我们村拍摄的. 被强调部分为 in our village, 如改为普通句型为：It was made in our village. 如选B项, 为 where 引导的定语从句, 但与上句在逻辑上不符.
链接二 倍数表达法：倍数＋as ＋adj./adv.
(原级)＋as
(教材原句P42)A pair of Nike trainers, for example, could cost up to five times as much as a similar Li Ning product.比如, 一双耐克运动鞋的价格可能是一双李宁牌的同类产品价格的五倍之多.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考陕西卷)The new stadium being built for the next Asian Games will be ________ the present one.
A．as three times big as
B．three times as big as
C．as big as three times
D．as big three times as
解析：B. 本题考查倍数的表达法. 句意：正在为下届亚运会而建设的新体育场将是目前这个体育场的三倍. 比较常见的表达倍数的句型有: ①... times ＋ as ＋adj./adv. (原级)＋ as...; ②... times ＋adj./adv. (比较级)＋than...; ③... times ＋ the length/width/...＋ of.... 故选择B项.
链接三 whenever 引导让步状语从句
(教材原句P42)Whenever Chinese athletes step out onto the track during the 2008 Olympics, they will be wearing Li Ning tracksuits. 当中国运动员步入2008奥运会赛场时, 他们将身穿李宁牌运动服.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考江西卷)Please call my secretary to arrange a meeting this afternoon, or ________ it is convenient to you.
A．whenever B．however
C．whichever D．wherever
解析：A. 本题考查状语从句. 句意：请, 在今天下午或在你任何方便的时候打电话告诉我的秘书安排一个会议. 根据题中的 this afternoon 以及or 可知设空处应该和时间有关, 故答案为A项.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件9张PPT。Module 5 The Great Sports Personality教材背景链接
在2011年6月4日法网女单决赛中, 中国选手李娜以2比0战胜意大利选手斯齐亚沃尼, 夺得冠军. 这是亚洲选手第一次夺得大满贯赛单打冠军.
Most people know that Chinese are very good at table tennis, but not many know that we are also doing very well in tennis. In fact, tennis was not very popular in China back to five years ago. I started to like tennis in 2006 when several Chinese female players win tournaments.The most exciting match was the final in the French Open this June. Before the final, Na Li has already made a history that she became the first Asian representative in the final of Grand Slam. It seemed to me that she had a big chance to win the title.
Before the match, we all expected to witness another remarkable moment.
I still remember that it was a tough match and both players had a chance to challenge the title. Her opponent was the champion of last year and she also showed a strong desire to win. The first game was very close.
Thanks to Na Li’s great performance on the baseline, she won the first game with 6 to 4. The second game was even tougher, and it went to the tiebreak. My heart almost came to the throat at that time. I couldn’t help holding my breath at every strike by Na Li. However, Na Li would never let me down. She behaved unbelievably calm and shot every ball precisely. She won 7 points in straight and made all dreams come true!
Na Li made a new history and became the first Asian who won the Grand Slam. I am confident that Chinese players will prove themselves to the world more and more in the future.
新课导入
在人们的脑海中, 体育是一块相对纯洁的净土, 她一直以来都与健康、阳光、汗水、拼搏、成功、喜悦等等联系在一起, 成为强健体魄、净化灵魂、开阔胸襟以及放松身心的重要手段. 所以, 体育变得越来越重要.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件31张PPT。Module 6 Animals in DangerModule 6 Animals in DangerSection Ⅰ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Warming Up?Step One：Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1．______________ (vt.) 使……处于险境
2．______________ (n.) 保护区; 保护圈
3．______________ (n.) 栖息地
4．______________ (adj.) 灭绝的; 绝种的
5．______________ (n.) 挣扎; 斗争endangerreservehabitatextinctstruggle6．_______________ (vt.) 保护
7．_______________ (adj.) 值……钱
8．ideal (adj.)_____________________
9．confiscate (vt.)__________________
10．condition (n.) (-s)_______________
protectworth理想的没收环境; 情况Ⅱ.重点短语
1．_____________ to 由于, 幸亏
2．_____________ to 按照
3．_________ one’s life to... 为……而献身
4．_________the spot 在现场, 当场
5．______________fashion 开始流行起来; 成为时尚
6．raid ________a shop 突击搜查一家商店thanks accordinggiveon come into on7．get _______with 对……采取强硬措施
8．____ condition that 在……条件下; 如果
9．be __________doing 很值得做
10．___________ the meanwhile 同时
toughonworthin?Step Two：Fast Reading
Ⅰ.Scan the text and do some True or False statements.
1．A large number of antelopes have been killed for their meat.( )
2．The business of antelopes’ wool is illegal but it is easy to be stopped.( )FF3．The Chinese government began to take an active part in protecting the antelopes.( )
4．Little progress has been made in protecting the antelopes.( )
TFⅡ.Summarize the main idea for each paragraph.
Paragraph 1. ( )
Paragraph 2. ( )
Paragraph 3. ( )
Paragraph 4. ( )
Paragraph 5. ( )
CAEBDA．A large number of antelopes have been killed for their wool.
B．The Chinese government began to take an active part in protecting the antelopes.
C．Jiesang Suonandajie gave his life to save the Tibetan antelope.
D．Progress has been made in protecting the antelopes.
E．The business of antelopes’ wool is illegal but it is not easy to be stopped.
Ⅲ.Scan the text and then choose the best answer according to the text.
1．Jiesang Suonandajie was shot and killed because ________.DA．he shouted to the poachers
B．he had no weapon with him
C．he shot at the poachers
D．he wanted to stop the poachers from killing the Tibetan antelope
2．It is in ________ that the wool of the antelope is made into the shawls.
A．China B．India
C．London D．EuropeB3.Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?( )
A．The antelopes are taken to India after they are shot by the poachers.
B．Antelope wool shawls came into fashion among the rich in the 1990s.
C．About 3,000 poachers have been caught and the number of poachers has fallen.AD．Sometimes there were gunfights between the police and poachers.
4．According to the passage, we know EXCEPT that ________.
A．poachers usually start to shoot antelopes at night
B．the shawls are very expensiveCC．there are volunteers losing life in the battle
D．international co-operation works in protecting antelopes
5．Which is NOT the reason why the antelope population has slowly begun to grow again?( )DA．Government’s taking an active part in.
B．International co?operation.
C．Volunteers’ help.
D．Little interest in the shawls.
?Step Three：Careful Reading
Ⅰ.Listen to the tape and answer the following questions.
1．What are the reasons for the drop in antelope population?______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________The wool of Tibetan antelopes: the most expensive in the world.
Shawls made of antelope wool: coming into fashion in the 1990s.
Poachers：hunting antelopes to get huge profits.
2．What are the measures taken to protect antelopes?
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________The Chinese government: protecting antelopes in the Hoh Xil Nature Reserve.
Volunteers in China：coming from all over the country to help the officials who work in the reserve.
Police abroad：getting tough with shawl dealers.3．What are the results of the protection?
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________3,000 poachers were caught and 300 vehicles confiscated.
The antelope population has begun to grow slowly since 1997.Ⅱ.根据课文 Saving the Antelopes 完成下列表格, 每空一词.
freezingendangeredbattleworthfashionherdsspotactiveMeanwhilepopulation?Step Four：Consolidation
One day, Jiesang Suonandajie found that a 1.___________ of poachers were killing the 2.____________ animal antelope.Though he 3.____________ with them to protect the antelope, he failed and died.By the 1990s, the number of antelopes had 4.________ to about 50,000 5.___________groupendangeredstruggledfallenbecausethe poachers’ pursuing high profits 6.__________ its wool.These years, our government began to take an active part in 7.____________ antelopes, officials who work in the 8.______________ are also helped by volunteers who are ready for difficult 9._______________ of life.As a result, the antelope 10.__________ began to grow again.
fromprotectingreserveconditionspopulation?Step Five：Discussion
Why are some animals becoming extinct?
(金词点拨：pets; building houses; pollution; climate change)
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________Maybe there are many reasons.
Here are some：①They are killed for body parts or food.②People want them for pets.③ People have moved into their natural habitat.④ They are killed by pollution.⑤ They are killed by climate change.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件84张PPT。Section Ⅱ Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary—Language Study1. reserve n. 保护区, 保护圈; 储备(量); 储藏(量) v. 预定, 预约; 保留, 储备
(教材原句)The Chinese and Russian governments have created the reserve to help save the tiger’s natural habitat. 中俄政府已创建了保护区来帮助保护老虎的自然栖息地. 归纳拓展①To protect the wildlife, the government has created many nature reserves.
为了保护野生动植物, 政府已经建立了许多自然保护区.
②I’ve reserved a room in the name of Jane.我以简的名义预订了一个房间. ③He spoke without reserve of his time in prison.
他毫无保留地说起他在狱中的事情.
④Reserve your strength for the climb.
[易混辨析] reserve, preserve, conserve, keep
⑤Salt can be used to preserve food.盐能用来保存食物.
⑥In winter, some people conserve energy by lowing the heat at right.
冬天, 为节约能源有些人在夜里把暖气气调小.
⑦You’d better keep your room clean.你最好保持室内清洁.
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)我们总是存起一些钱以防万一.
We always ____________________________, just in case.
(2)你们建立这个自然保护区的目的是什么？
What’s your aim to establish ____________________________________？
keep some money in reservethe nature reserve(3)这个森林保护区离我们的村子不远.
________________________ is not far from our village.
(4)这个房间是为吸烟者预留的.
This room ________________ for smokers.
The forest reserveis reserved2. endangered adj.濒危的; 有危险的
(教材原句)But the Siberian tiger is not the only endangered species. Another famous animal in danger is the giant panda, whose habitat is in China. 但是西伯利亚虎并不是唯一的濒危物种. 另外一种著名的濒临灭绝的动物是大熊猫, 它的栖息地在中国. 归纳拓展
(1)danger n. 危险, 危险物
in danger 在危险中, 垂危
out of danger 脱离危险
(2)dangerous adj. 危险的, 不安全的
助记①With the environment polluted, more and more wildlife are endangered.
随着环境的污染, 越来越多的野生动植物濒临灭绝.
②You will endanger your health if you work so hard. 工作如此辛苦会危害你的健康.
③The patient is now out of danger.病人现在已脱离危险. [易混辨析] endangered, in danger, dangerous助
记
④If you get close to the dog, you might be in danger, because the dog is dangerous.如果你靠近这只狗, 你可能会有危险, 因为这只狗是很危险的. ⑤Red-crowned cranes have been listed on the IUCN red list of endangered species.
丹顶鹤已名列世界自然护联盟最濒危物种清单之中.
巧学活用
2－1用 danger, dangerous 或endanger 的适当形式填空.
(1)Smoking is a great __________ to one’s health.
(2)The little girl made a ____________ jump, which brought my heart into my mouth.
(3)The old man is now _______________ ill.dangerdangerousdangerously(4)If you have anything to do with that case
(案件), you’ll ____________ your good name and even your money.
(5)We should do our best to help the _______________ animals.
endangerendangered3. extinct adj.灭绝的; 绝种的
(教材原句)Every year thousands of wild animals and plants become extinct.
每年都有数千种野生动植物灭绝.
归纳拓展
①Dinosaurs have been extinct for millions
of years.恐龙已绝种几百万年了.
②My hope of getting a job was extinct.我找一份工作的希望破灭了.
③Is the human race threatened with complete extinction?
人类是否会受到完全灭绝的威胁呢？
巧学活用
3－1完成句子
(1)Pandas are ________________________
(濒临灭绝的危险)．
(2)Many animals ______ ________ _____(已经灭绝), because they can’t adapt to the changing environment.
in danger of extinctionhave become extinct4. struggle n．挣扎; 斗争 vi.奋斗, 努力; 斗争, 搏斗
(教材原句)The question is: What can we do to help them in their struggle for survival？问题是：在他们争取生存的斗争中, 我们能做些什么来帮助他们呢？归纳拓展
①He has been struggling for success in business.
→He has been struggling to succeed in business.
为了事业的成功, 他一直努力奋斗着.
②He struggling against/with cancer for two years before he passed away.
在他去世之前他同癌症抗争了两年. ③In the struggle against the disasters which happened in 2011 Chinese people showed great courage.
2011年, 在与灾难斗争的过程中, 中国人表现出了巨大的勇气.
巧学活用
4－1单句改错
(1)All the black slaves struggled
against freedom.
______________________________________
(2)He has been struggling for illness for many years.
______________________________________against→forfor→against/with4－2单项填空
The children talked so loudly at dinner table that I had to struggle ________.
A．to be heard B．to have heard
C．hearing D．being heard
解析：选A. 句意为“孩子们吃饭的时候说话的声音非常大, 我不得不极力(提高嗓门)让其他人听清我的话. ”“我”说话是被别人听见, 故排除表主动的B、C两项. 不定式表示目的, 故选A项.
5. protect vt.保护
(教材原句)an area of land where animals are protected
一块动物受到保护的地区
归纳拓展
①Applying sun cream can protect your body from the sun.
抹涂防晒霜可以保护身体不受阳光刺激.
②Waxing your car will help protect against rust.给你的车打蜡将有助于防止生锈.
③He’s devoted his whole life to the protection of the rare animals.
他终生献身于珍稀动物的保护.
[易混辨析] protect, defend, guard 助记④We must take measures to protect the environment against pollution.
我们必须采取措施防止环境污染.
⑤He defended me from a drunken man.
他保护我免受醉汉的伤害.
⑥The entrance to the building is well guarded.该大楼的入口处戒备森严.
巧学活用 5－1用 protect, defend 和 guard 的适当形式填空
(1)We should ________ our homeland when she is attacked.
(2)He is wearing sunglasses to _________ his eyes from the strong sunlight.
(3)They _________________ the building
against strangers.
defendprotectguarded5－2翻译句子
She closed the gate to prevent the dog from going out of the garden.
______________________________________
她关上大门, 免得小狗从花园里跑掉. 6. worth adj.值……钱
n．价值; 值某金额的量
(教材原句)Often working at night, the poachers shoot whole herds of antelopes at a time, leaving only the babies, whose wool is not worth so much.
偷猎者们常在夜里出动, 一次就捕杀整群的藏羚羊, 只留下那些毛不那么值钱的幼崽.
归纳拓展
①The house is well worth ￥30,000 per square meters in Beijing for the time being.
现在在北京房子每平米值3万人民币. ②Whatever is worth doing at all is worth doing well.任何值得做的事就值得做好.
③This research project is of great worth.这一研究项目很有价值.
[易混辨析] worth, worthy, worthwhile④He is a good student worthy of being praised.
＝He is a good student worthy to be praised.他是个值得称赞的好学生.
⑤It is worthwhile to read/reading the book.
＝It is worthwhile for us to read the book.这本书值得(我们)一读.
巧学活用
6－1句型转换
His suggestions are worth considering.
His suggestions are ____________ consideration.
His suggestions are worthy _________________________.worthy ofof being consideredHis suggestions are worthy ______________________.
________________________ to consider his suggestions.
6－2翻译句子
这部电影很值得一看.
____________________________________
to be consideredIt is worthwhileThe film is well worth seeing.名师微博
(1)be worth doing 是用主动语态表被动;
(2)如果表达“很值得”, 应该用“be well worth”, 不能用very/very much/quite等.6－3单项填空
This issue is not _______ of being discussed here at all. It’s just a waste of time.
A．worth B．worthwhile
C．worthy D．worthless
解析：选C. 考查形容词辨析. be worthy of being done＝ be worth doing sth. 值得做某
事. worthwhile 常用于结构be worthwhile doing sth./to do sth.; worthless 与语境不符.
7. spot n．(某事发生的)准确地点; 现场
(教材原句) The animals are skinned on the spot and the wool taken to India, where it is made into the shawls. 那些动物(藏羚羊)被当场剥皮, 而且毛被运到印度, 在那里羊毛被织成披肩.
归纳拓展
①He was hit by a falling tree and killed on the spot.
一棵树倒下来, 把他当场砸死了. ②Whenever she was in a spot she turned to him for help.
每当她遇到困难时, 就找他帮忙.
③His boots were spotted with mud.他的靴子上沾有泥渍.
巧学活用
7－1完成句子
(1)如果你发现了自己想买的东西, 千万不要允许自己当场就将其买下.
If you ________ something that you would like to purchase, never allow yourself to purchase it ____________.spoton the spot(2)这儿就是两辆卡车相撞的地点.
This is __________________ the two trucks collided.
the spot where8. condition n．(-s)环境; 情况
(教材原句)The small group of officials who work in the reserve are helped by volunteers who come from all over the country, and who are ready for the difficult conditions of life at 5,000 metres. 工作在保护区的一小组行政人员得到了来自全国各地, 愿意忍受海拔5千米处恶劣生活环境的志愿者们的帮助.
归纳拓展
condition n. ①情况; (健康等)状态[C][U] ②条件[C]
in (a) good/poor condition 处于好的/坏的状况; 身体状况好/坏
in no condition to do 身体状况不宜做某事
out of condition 健康不佳
on condition that 如果, 在……条件下
on no condition＝ not at all 一点也不; 决不①What’s the patient’s condition？病人的情况如何？
②He’s in excellent condition for a man of his age.他就其年龄而言, 身体极好.
③She’s in no condition (＝ is not well enough) to travel.她的身体状况不宜旅行.
[易混辨析] situation, state, condition
④He found himself in an embarrassing situation.
他发现自己处于一种尴尬的境地.
⑤Under the present state, he can keep up with the class.
在目前状态下, 他能够赶上其他同学.
⑥Whether I’ll go depends on the condition
of my health. 我去不去取决于我的健康状况
巧学活用
8－1完成句子
(1)天气情况良好. ____________________
are good.
(2)我们决不能向困难屈服.
____________________ we give in to difficulty.Weather conditionsOn no condition can(3)我可以做此事, 如果你支付一切费用.
I’ll do it ____________________ you pay for everything.
8－2单项填空
The top leaders of the two countries are holding talks in a friendly ________.
A．atmosphere B．state
C．situation D．phenomenonon condition that解析：选A. 句意：这两个国家的最高领导
人在友好的气氛中进行交谈. atmosphere“气氛”; state“状态”; situation“形势, 局
面”; phenomenon“现象”.
名师微博
当condition 表示“环境, 形势”时, 用复数形式. 如：living/working conditions 生活/工作环境.
9. meanwhile adv.与此同时, 在此期间
(教材原句)Meanwhile, in those countries where the shawls are sold, police are getting tough with the dealers. 同时, 在那些出售藏羚羊毛披肩的国家, 警方开始严厉打击藏羚羊毛披肩的贩卖者.
归纳拓展
meanwhile＝ meantime 同时, 期间 in the meanwhile 在此期间, 同时
①Mother went shopping. Meanwhile, I cleaned the house.
妈妈去购物了. 与此同时, 我打扫了房子. ②Perhaps time would solve the problem. In the meanwhile they continued to remain excellent friends.或许时间会解决问题. 在此期间, 他们仍是好朋友.
③I went to college. Meanwhile, all my friends got well-paid jobs.
我上大学去了. 同时我的朋友全都找到了收入不错的工作.
巧学活用
9－1完成句子
(1)He will come soon. __________________, ____________________________(在此期间, 我们喝点儿茶吧)．
(2)Jack was playing football and
_____________, _______________________
(汤姆此时正在打排球)．
Meanwhilelet’s have some teameanwhileTom was playing volleyball1. (教材原句)Although surprised, the poachers had an advantage/there were more of them. 偷猎者虽然感到惊讶, 但他们占着人多的优势.
[句法分析]
Although surprised 相当于 Although they were surprised. 归纳拓展
状语从句的省略原则
(1)当though, when, until, if, unless 等引导的时间、条件或让步状语从句中的主语与主句的主语相同, 或主语是it, 且从句的谓语动词又是含有be的某种形式时, 可以省去从句中的主语和be. (2)从句中的主语和谓语动词是主动关系时, 用动词-ing形式; 从句中的主语和谓语动词是被动关系时, 用动词-ed形式.
助记 省略句口诀
省略句, 真容易, 主从主语要统一,
从句若有it be, 照样省去不用疑,
选择ed 或ing, 主动被动看仔细. ①When (I am) in trouble, I always turn to him for help.
当我有麻烦时, 我总是找他寻求帮助.
②Once (it is) seen, it can never be forgotten.一旦看见, 就很难忘记.
③While (I was) visiting the Shanghai Expo, I met a friend I once worked together with in Hong Kong.参观上海世博会时, 我碰到了曾在香港共事的一位朋友.
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)水加热时变成水蒸气.
_____________, water is turned into vapour.
(2)他尽管很年轻, 却能忍受苦难.
________________________, he is patient of hardships.When heatedAlthough too young1－2单项填空
—Who should be responsible for the accident?
—The boss, not the workers. They just carried out the order ________.
A．as told B．as are told
C．as telling D．as they told解析：选A. 句意为“谁应该对这场事故负
责？”“那位老板, 而不是工人. 工人们执行
命令而已. ” as 引导方式状语从句, 含义为
“按照”, as told 中省略了they were.
2. (教材原句)By the 1990s the number had fallen to about 50,000.
到20世纪90年代, 数量已经下降到大约5万只
[句法分析]
by ＋ 过去的时间点作时间状语时, 谓语动词常用过去完成时.
①By the end of last month, he had only finished half of the work.
到上月底为止, 他只完成了工作的一半. ②By now, they have been to Shanghai twice.到现在为止, 他们去上海两次了.
③By the year 2020, China will have sent upa manned spaceship to the moon.
到2020年为止, 中国将已经把载人飞船发射到月球上.
巧学活用
2－1完成句子
(1)到这学期末, 我将学习完所有的课文.
By the end of this term,
I _______________________ all the texts.
(2)到上学期末为止, 他已经学习了约4000个英语单词. By the end of last term, he _______________ about 4,000 English words.
will have learnedhad learned3. (教材原句)Often working at night, the poachers shoot whole herds of antelopes at a time, leaving only the babies, whose wool is not worth so much. 那些偷猎者常在夜里出动, 一次就捕杀整群的藏羚羊, 只留下那些毛不那么值钱的幼崽. [句法分析]
working at night 和leaving only the babies 作状语, 前者作伴随状语, 后者作结果状语. 句子主语the poachers 与动词 work, leave 在逻辑上有主谓关系, 故用v. -ing 形式作状语.
归纳拓展
(1)-ing 分词作状语表示在进行一动作的同时所进行的另一动作, 它对谓语动词起修饰和陪衬的作用. 分词作状语可以表示时间、原因、条件、让步、结果、方式或伴随情况.
(2)现在分词作结果状语和动词不定式作结果状语的区别：现在分词作结果状语一般表示一种因果顺承关系, 是一种自然而然的结果, 即前因后果.
动词不定式作结果状语一般表示一种出乎意料的结果, 和上文无因果关系, 不定式前常常有only 等词.
①Working diligently, you will certainly succeed.
只要刻苦学习, 你会成功的. (表条件)
②He came running back to tell us the news.
他跑着回来告诉我们这个消息. (表方式)
③A big fire occurred at the hotel last night, causing 20 deaths and 30 injuries.昨天晚上发生在宾馆的一场大火, 造成20人死亡, 30人受伤. (表结果)
④He reached the bus station, only to find the bus had gone.
他到达车站, 结果发现汽车已经走了. (意外结果)
巧学活用
3－1完成句子
我一进屋就发现他在啜泣.
____________________, I found him sobbing
3－2单项填空
When I visited my old family home, memory came ________ back.Coming into the roomA．flooding B．to flood
C．flood D．flooded
解析：选A. 句意：当我参观我的老家时, 记忆像潮水般涌来. memory 与flood back 在
逻辑上是主动关系, 此处为现在分词作方式状语.
温馨提示
请做课时作业 Module 6 Section Ⅱ
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件85张PPT。Section Ⅲ Listening, Speaking, Everyday English and Function & Cultural Corner?Step One：Words and Phrases
Ⅰ.词汇知识
1．______________ (n.) 分支机构; 办事处; 树枝; 分支
2．______________ (n.) 焦点; 集中点(v.) 聚集; 集中; 聚焦branchfocus3．_________ (n.) 能源; 活力, 精力
4．_________ (vt.) 浪费(n.) 废物, 浪费(adj.) 废弃的, 荒芜的
5．______________ (vt.) 监测(n.) 检测器; 显示器; 班长
6．________ (n.) 目标; 目的; 瞄准(v.) 瞄准
7．________________ (vt.) 涉及; 包括
8．________________ (adj.) 活的; 直播的energywastemonitoraiminvolvelive9．_________ (vt.) 产卵; 下蛋; 放置; 铺
10．________ (n.) 奇迹(v.) (对……)感到疑惑/好奇, 想知道
11．brink (n.) ________________
12．extinction (n.)_____________
13．initial (n.)_________________
14．continent (n.)______________
laywonder边缘灭绝; 绝种首字母大陆; 洲Ⅱ.重点短语
1．be concerned __________ 关心某事,
担心某事
2．___________ an eye on 照看, 注意
3．go _________袭击, 适用于
4．___________ on (动物)以……为食
5．on the _________of... 在……的边缘
6．stand __________代表aboutkeepfor feedbrinkfor7．have an effect ________对……有影响
8．set _________建立; 设立
?Step Two: Fast Reading
Ⅰ.Read the passage on P59 and tell the following statements True (T) or False (F)．
onup1．Peter Scott was both a painter and a naturalist.( )
2．At present the organization has branches in 130 countries.( )
3．The WWF only pays attention to protecting wild animals in danger.( )
4．It was Dr. George Shaller who set up an office of WWF in Beijing.( )
TFFF5．Saving the panda is one of the projects that the WWF is carrying out in China.( )
Ⅱ.Read the passage “WWF” and choose the best answers.
1．The WWF first set its international office in Switzerland in ________.
A．1961 B．the 1980s
C．1980 D．1995
TA2．The main change about WWF in the past and now is ________.
A．more countries and people joining and helping
B．enlarging its protecting focus from extinct animals to all activities concerned about natureBC．its co-operation with the governments
D．to set up branches in China
3．Which of the following is NOT favoured by the WWF?( )
A．Killing animals, especially extinct ones.
B．Polluting the environment.
C．Wasting the energy.
D．All of the above.D4．The most effective way to carry out the WWF’s purpose in your opinion is ________.
A．to have more volunteers to help
B．to receive more money from its supporters
C．to teach more people the significance of the nature protection
D．to set up more branches around the world
C1. aim n. 目标; 目的 vt. & vi.目的在于; 针对; 瞄准
(教材原句)The World Wide Fund for Nature is an organisation whose aim is to protect wildlife. 世界自然保护基金会是一个以保护野生动植物为目的的组织. 归纳拓展
(1)take aim at 瞄准
(2)aim at 针对, 瞄准; 目标是……
aim sth. at 用……瞄准……
aim to do sth. 打算做……
助
记①Take careful aim at the target before firing.开火之前仔细瞄准目标.
②They are aiming at training everybody by the end of the year.
他们力求做到在年底前人人得到培训.
③He aimed the gun at the enemy officer.他用枪瞄准了敌军军官.
巧学活用
1－1完成句子
(1)_______________ (我的生活目标) is to do what I like best.
(2)The little boy studies very hard, ______________________________________
(志在成为一名优秀的学生)．My aim in lifeaiming at becoming an excellent student1－2单项填空
The play to be produced next month aims mainly ________ the local culture.
A．to have reflected
B．being reflected
C．to reflect
D．reflecting
解析：选C. 考查非谓语动词的用法. 句意：下个月将创作的戏剧的主要目的是反映当地的文化. 动词 aim 后跟动词不定式的一般式.
2. involve vt.涉及; 包括
(教材原句)But the trade also involves live animals.
但这种贸易也包括(贩运)活着的动物.
归纳拓展
involve doing 涉及做某事
involve sb. in (doing) sth. 把某人卷入……中
be/get/become involved in sth./with sb.与某事有关系/与某人有牵连
be involved with sb.与……有密切关系; 与……混在一起
①Greetings in Asian countries do not involve touching the other person. 在亚洲国家, 互致问候时通常不会触碰对方身体.
②This is how I got involved with my charity work to improve the quality of life for all disabled people.
这就是我积极参与慈善活动, 为残疾人募捐, 以便提高他们的生活质量的原因. ,
③He is involved with that girl.他与那个女孩关系密切.
[易混辨析]involve, include, contain, hold助记④This lesson involves a lot of work.
这一课需要做的工作有很多.
⑤The conference delegates included representatives from abroad.
大会代表中有来自海外的代表.
⑥The pill contains vitamins.
这药丸中含有多种维生素.
⑦The box can hold all my clothes.
这箱子能装下我的全部衣服.
巧学活用
2－1完成句子
(1)一次愚蠢的错误可使你陷入麻烦.
One foolish mistake can ___________ you ________ trouble.
(2)家务包括烹饪、洗衣和打扫.
Housekeeping __________ cooking, washing and cleaning.Involveininvolves(3)我不想牵扯到这件事里面.
I don’t want to ________________ in it.
2－2翻译句子
All the children were involved in the school play.
_____________________________________be involved所有的孩子都参加了学校排练的戏剧. 2－3单项填空
________in reading the book all evening, he took no notice of everything.
A．Involving B．Involved
C．Involve D．To involve
解析：选B. be involved in doing sth.表示“专心于干某事”, 故B项正确.
3. live adj.活的 v．生活
(教材原句)But the trade also involves live animals.
但这种贸易也包括(贩运)活着的动物.
归纳拓展
live adj. 现场直播的 vi. 居住; 活着; 生存
vt. 生活
live on 靠……生活, 以……为食物
live up to 遵守, 实践(诺言等); 符合, 不辜负
①I bought two live fish in the market.
我在市场上买了两条活鱼.
②I don’t know how the miners managed to live 59 days in the mine in this mine accident in Republic of Chile.
我不知道智利矿难中的矿工们如何设法在井下活过59天的. ③We will live up to what our parents expect of us.
我们决不辜负父母亲对我们的期望.
[易混辨析] living, alive, live, lively
④Latin is not a living language.拉丁语不是一门现在使用的语言.
⑤He is the finest living pianist.他是在世的最好的钢琴家.
⑥Who is the greatest man alive today？谁是当今活着的最伟大的人呢？
⑦Many people were burnt alive in the big fire.在那场大火中, 很多人被活活烧死. ⑧This is a live cat.这是一只活猫.
⑨It was a live broadcast.那是现场广播.
⑩She is a lively child and popular with everyone.
她是一个活泼的孩子, 大家都喜欢她.
?He gave a lively description of the football game.
他对这场足球赛进行了生动地描述. ?But anyone who is alive in the world of the living has some hope; a live dog is better than a dead lion.但是, 任何人只要与活着的人在一起就还会有一丝生的希望; 比起死了的狮子, 活着的小狗要好一些.
巧学活用
3－1用live, living, alive 与 lively 填空
(1)He is the greatest ________ novelist.
(2)They were caught ________.
(3)My grandmother is more __________ than a lot of young people.
(4)The World Cup is televised __________ to different parts of the world.livingalivelivelylive(5)He told a very ________ story about his life in Africa.
(6)The cat is playing with a __________ mouse.
3－2单项填空
Young people need the chance to hear and enjoy________music.It’s different from getting it from the radio or a CD.livelyliveA．living B．live
C．alive D．lively
解析：选B. live music现场演奏的音乐. 后面的It’s different from getting it from the radio or a CD.是提示信息.
4. lay vt.产卵; 下蛋
(教材原句)A reptile has cold blood and lays eggs.
爬行动物是冷血动物并且产卵.
归纳拓展
①The hens don’t lay eggs during this cold weather. 在这样的寒冷天气里母鸡不下蛋.
②Please lay the packages on the table.请把包裹放在桌上.
③They laid down a number of rules of preventing the drunken drivers from driving.他们制定了一些规则, 以阻止喝醉酒的司机开车.
[易混辨析] lay, lie④The man lying on the bed lied that he had laid the money on the table.
那个躺在床上的人撒谎说他把钱放在桌子上了.
巧学活用
4－1翻译句子
(1)She lied about her age.
____________________________________
(2)She lay down on her bed.
____________________________________她谎报了年龄.她躺在床上.4－2单项填空
When I reached the farm, my son happened __________ on the grass, ________ the hens ________ eggs.
A．lying; watching; laying
B．to have lain; watch; laying
C．to lie; and watched; lay
D．to be lying; watching; laying解析：选D. happen to be doing sth. “碰巧
正在做某事”; 第二个空格应作伴随状语, watch 与主语my son 之间为主动关系, 故用现在分词; lay“产(卵), 下(蛋)”, 其现在分
词是laying, 作宾语补足语.
5. be concerned about sth. 关心某事; 担心某事
(教材原句)I’m concerned about the future of wildlife in Africa.
我担心非洲野生动植物的未来.
归纳拓展
助记①The government is deeply concerned
about the economic crisis.
政府对经济危机深感担忧.
②Parents are truly concerned for their children’s happiness.
父母真正关心孩子们的幸福. ③This book is mainly concerned with the problem of how to make friends.
这本书讲的主要是如何交友的问题.
④This is a newspaper article concerning the problems of
over-crowded cities.这是一篇关于城市过分拥挤问题的报纸文章.
巧学活用
5－1完成句子
(1)总统对这个问题深感忧虑.
The president is ____________________ this issue.
(2)忧心忡忡的父母开了个会.
________________________ held a meeting.concerned for/aboutThe concerned parents(3)她担心自己会错过转弯的地方而迷路.
She ________________________ she might miss the turning and get lost.
(4)他问了几个关于公司前途的问题.
He asked several questions ______________________________________.
was concerned thatconcerning the future of the company名师微博
concerned 作前置定语时, 表示“关心的, 担心的”; 作后置定语时, 表示“有关的, 牵涉到的”. 6. stand for 代表; 支持, 主张; (否定句中)
容忍, 忍受
(教材原句)The initials, WWF, stand for World Wide Fund for Nature.
缩略词WWF代表“世界自然保护基金组
织”.
归纳拓展
①Do you know what GNP stands for？你知道GNP代表什么吗？②Do you stand for or against this principle？你是支持还是反对这个原则？
③We’ll not stand for this sort of behavior.我们不会容忍这种行为.
④She still stands by every word she said.她依旧恪守她说过的每一句话.
巧学活用
6－1翻译句子
How could you stand by when the accident happened?
_______________________________________
6－2单项填空
—Cinderella has been learning Chinese in Beijing University for the past four years.当事故发生时, 你怎么能袖手旁观呢？—No wonder she ________ above her colleagues in Chinese.
A．stands out B．sticks out
C．comes out D．stands for
解析：选A. 考查动词短语的辨析. 句意：——Cinderella在过去的四年中一直在北京大学学习中文. ——难怪她比她的同事在中文上突出. stand out 脱颖而出, 突出; stick out 伸出, 断言; come out 出来, 发芽; stand for
代表, 支持. 故选A.
7. focus n．焦点; 集中点 v．集中; 使聚焦
(教材原句)The focus of attention has changed, too.
注意的焦点也发生了改变.
归纳拓展
the focus of attention 注意力的焦点
focus on 注意, 集中于
focus one’s attention/eyes on把注意力/目光集中于
助记
①This photograph looks funny; I think you forgot to focus the camera.
这张照片看上去有些滑稽, 我想你是忘了给照相机调焦距了. ②The discussion focused on three main problems.讨论集中在三个主要问题上.
③You must try to focus your attention on work and study.
你必须努力把注意力集中在工作和学习上.
巧学活用
7－1完成句子
(1)所有的眼睛都注视着他.
All eyes __________________ him.
(2)照片上孩子们的面部都非常模糊.
The children’s faces are ____________________ in the photograph.were focused onout of focus(3)今天我太累了, 无法集中精力工作.
I’m too tired today to _______________my job.
(4)如果你想看得清楚, 就把焦点对着你要看的物体.
If you want to get a better view, ________ the object ________________.
focus onbringinto focus8. waste vt.浪费
(教材原句)The WWF believes that our world has a future only if people learn to conserve nature and not waste energy. 世界自然保护基金组织认为只有人们学会保护自然, 不浪费能源, 我们的世界才有未来.
归纳拓展
waste n．废(弃)物, 垃圾, 荒地, 浪费
adj. 废弃的, 荒芜的
a waste of... ……的浪费
waste... on sth. 把(时间、精力等)浪费在某事物上
①It’s only a waste of time to speak to her.和她说话纯粹是浪费时间.
②Don’t waste your time and energy on trifles.
别把你的时间和精力浪费在琐事上.
③A lot of poisonous waste from the chemical works polluted the river.
化工厂的许多有毒废料污染了这条河. ,
巧学活用
8－1翻译句子
(1)All his efforts were wasted.
_____________________________________
(2)The waste paper and water will be recycled with the development of economy.
_____________________________________
_________________________________
他的所有努力都白费了. 随着经济的发展, 废纸和废水将会被循环使用. 1. (教材原句)Only about 1,000 survive, most of them in Siberia.
只有大约1000只老虎幸存, 大部分在西伯利亚.
[句法分析]
本句中 most of them in Siberia 是独立主格结构. ①The boy went to the classroom,
book in hand.
那个男孩去了教室, 手里拿着书.
归纳拓展
独立主格结构本身不是句子, 但在语意上相当于一个句子, 通常在句中作状语, 表示时
间、原因、条件、伴随状况等, 也可作后置定语.
常见的独立主格结构有如下几种形式：
名词或主格代词＋介词短语
名词或主格代词＋现在分词
名词或主格代词＋过去分词
名词或主格代词＋形容词/副词
名词或主格代词＋不定式
②The girl staring at him, he didn’t know what to say.
女孩盯着他, 他不知道说什么好.
③So many children to look after, the mother has to quit her job.
有如此多的孩子需要照顾, 这位母亲只好辞了工作. ④So many people absent, the meeting had to be called off.
这么多人缺席, 会议不得不取消.
⑤The meeting finished, they all went home.会议一结束, 他们就回家了.
巧学活用
1－1用独立主格结构完成句子
(1)He left the office, tears ___________.
他眼里含着泪水离开了办公室.
(2)We’ll have a picnic in the woods, ______________________.
如果天气好, 我们将在树林里野餐. in eyesweather permitting(3)He lay on the grass, _________________ under his head.
他头枕交叉的双手躺在草坪上.
his hands crossed2. (教材原句)The WWF believes that our world has a future only if people learn to conserve nature and not waste energy.
世界自然保护基金组织相信只有人们学会保护自然, 不浪费能源, 我们的世界才有未来.
[句法分析]
only if 只要……, 用于引导陈述语气的真实条件句. 用于句首时, 句子应部分倒装.
①Children may enter the club only if they are accompanied by their parents.
只要有父母陪同, 孩子们就可以进入俱乐部.
②Only if you study hard will you pass the test.只要你努力学习, 就会通过考试.
[易混辨析] only if, if only
(1)only if 用于引导陈述语气的真实条件句, 表示“唯有, 只有”, only 起强调作用, 重点在
if 上.
(2)if only 多用于引导虚拟语气的条件句, 或用于引出虚拟语气的感叹句, 意为“要是……就好了, 但愿……”. ①表示与过去相反的愿望用：had done
②表示与现在相反的愿望用：did/were
③表示与将来相反的愿望用：would/could/might ＋do
③Only if you walk quickly can you catch
up with her.
只有你走快些, 你才能赶上她.
④If only I had been in Xichang when the Chang’e-2 was sent up.
嫦娥2号发射时, 我要是在西昌就好了.
巧学活用
2－1完成句子
(1)只有患者情况紧急时, 你才可以在半夜
叫医生看病.
____________ the case is urgent should you call out the doctor in the middle of the night.
(2)要是我像你一样聪明该多好啊！
____________ I were as clever as you!Only if If only2－2单项填空
________ you eat the correct foods ________ be able to keep fit and stay healthy.
A．Only if; will you
B．Only if; you will
C．Unless; will you
D．Unless; you will解析：选A. 考查only if 的用法. 句意为：只有你吃适当的食物你才能保持健康. only if 引导状语从句用于句首时, 主句部分倒装, 故选A.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件64张PPT。Section Ⅳ Grammar & Writing1. 2．Which baby is Jack?
穿黑裤子的baby 是Jack.
The baby whose trousers are black is Jack.
The baby who is wearing black trousers is Jack.
复习定语从句
一、定义和结构
1．在句中起定语作用, 修饰句中名词/代词的从句叫定语从句, 被定语从句所修饰的名词/代词叫先行词.
定语从句由关系代词或关系副词引导, 位于先行词之后.
2．引导定语从句的关系词可分为关系代
词：who/whom/whose/which/that/as关系副词：when/where/why
关系代词/副词既引导定语从句, 又在定语从句中充当一定的成分.
The man who/that is standing in front of the classroom is our English teacher.
站在教室前面的那个人是我们的英语老师.
This is the room where Lu Xun once lived.
这是鲁迅曾经居住过的房间.
二、关系代词和关系副词的判断
判断是用关系代词还是关系副词主要看关系词在从句中的作用, 即所作的句子成分.
1．如果关系词在从句中作主语、宾语, 先行词为事物时用which, that, 先行词为人时用 that, who(whom); 如果关系词在从句中作前置定语, 无论先行词为人还是事物, 都用whose, 在从句中用作后置定语, 用of which/whom.
2．如果关系词在从句中作状语, 就用关系副词. 关系词在从句中作地点状语, 则用where; 关系词在从句中作时间状语, 则用when; 当先行词为reason, 且关系词在从句中作原因状
语, 则用why.
[提示]1)关系词that 既可指代物, 也可指代人. 在定语从句中作主语或宾语. 指人时, 相当于who 或whom.
关系词在定语从句中作宾语时, 常可省略.
2)如果介词位于关系代词前面, 指代物的关系词用which, 指代人的关系词用whom, 且不能省略.
三、只用that, 不用which的情况. 在定语从句中, which 和that在指代事物时, 一般可以互换使用, 但在以下情况宜用that, 而不宜用which.
1．先行词为不定代词 all, much, something, everything, anything, nothing, none, the one等时There’s nothing that can be said about it.
对于那件事没有什么可说的.
2．先行词被all, only, any, few, little, no, just, very, one of等词修饰时
The only thing that we could do was to wait.
我们惟一能做的就是等待.
3．先行词是序数词或被序数词修饰时This is the third film that has been shown in our school this term.这是我们学校这学期放映的第三部电影.
4．先行词是形容词最高级或被形容词最高级修饰时
The most important thing that should be done right now is how to stop him from going on.应该马上做的最重要的事情是怎样阻止他继续干.
5．先行词既有人又有物时
The writer and his novel that you have just talked about are really well known.
你刚谈到的那位作家和他的小说非常著名. 6．当先行词是the way(方式)且关系词在定语从句中作方式状语时, 关系词为that 或in which 或省略关系词
I like the way (that/in which) he talks.
我喜欢他讲话的方式.
7．当主句的主语是疑问词who 或 which时, 关系代词宜用that, 以避免重复
Which is the book that you like best?
哪一本书是你最喜欢的书？
四、定语从句中用which 而不用that的情况
1．当关系代词的前面有介词时
A zoo is a park in which many kinds of animals are kept for exhibition.
动物园是饲养许多种动物以供展出的公园.
2．在非限制性定语从句中
Crusoe’s dog, which was very old, became ill and died.克鲁索的狗生病死了. 它非常老了.
3．引导非限制性定语从句, 修饰前面整句话时, 用which
He stole some money, which made his father very angry.
他偷了些钱, 这使他父亲很生气.
4．先行词本身是that, 用whichWhat’s that which she is looking at?
她正在看的是什么？
5．先行词是those＋ 复数名词
A shop should keep a stock of those goods which sell best.
一个商店应该储备畅销的商品.
五、as 引导定语从句的用法
1．as 引导限制性定语从句常用于 the same/such... as... 结构中.
This is the same pen as I lost.
这支笔和我丢的那支是一样的. (注意：指同一类的两支)
He is such a clever boy as everyone likes.
他是一个每个人都喜欢的如此聪明的男孩. (注意：as 在定语从句中作宾语)
[提示]1)与 the same... that... 的区别
This is the same pen that I lost.
这就是我丢的那支笔. (注意：指同一支)
2．与 such... that... (如此……以至于)的区别
He is such a clever boy that everyone likes him.他是如此聪明的男孩, 以至于每个人都喜欢他. (注意：that 引导结果状语从句, 不在从句中作句子成分).
3．as 可引导非限制性定语从句, 修饰整句话或整件事.
[辨析]as 和which 引导非限制性定语从句He was late again, which made his teacher very angry.
他又迟到了, 结果使老师非常生气.
Jack, as you know, is an honest man.
＝Jack is an honest man, as you know.
＝As you know, Jack is an honest man.
正如你所知, 杰克是个诚实的人.
六、“介词＋关系代词”引导的限制性定语从句
1．当关系词作介词宾语时, 如将介词置于关系词之前时, 用whom 指代人, 用which 指代事物.
This is the school at which I used to teach.
＝This is the school (which/that) I used to teach at.这是我过去任教过的学校.
That is the writer with whom I talked just now.
＝That is the writer (whom/who/that) I talked with just now.那就是刚才和我谈话的那个作家.
2．关系副词where, when, why 可替换成
“介词＋ which”, 介词取决于先行词及介词
＋which 在从句中的作用. why 可替换 for which.
This is the house in which I lived two years ago.＝This is the house where I lived two years ago. 这就是两年前我居住的那个房子.
3．“不定代词或数词＋介词＋which/whom”引导的定语从句说明整体中的部分.
Last week, only two people came to look at the house, neither of whom wanted to buy it.
上周只有两个人来看房子, 他们两个人都不想买. 4．“the＋ 名词＋ of which”可替换“whose ＋名词”, 引导定语从句.
The house the windows of which were damaged has now been repaired.
窗子遭破坏的那所房子现在已经修好了.
七、one of the ＋复数名词后的定语从句中的主谓一致
one of the ＋复数名词后的定语从句中谓语通常用复数. 但当one前有 the only 等修饰时, 定语从句中谓语与one 保持一致, 用单数, 表示“惟一一个”.
This is one of the best novels that were published last year.这是去年出版的最好的小说之一.
This is the only one of the best novels that was published last year.
这是去年出版的惟一一本最好的小说.
【提示】定语从句的引导词在从句中作主语
时, 定语从句中的谓语动词与先行词保持一
致.
Ⅰ.句型转换
把下列每对句子合并成含有定语从句的主从复合句.
1．The fan is on the desk. You want it.
_____________________________________The fan that you want is on the desk.2．The man is in the next room. He brought our textbooks here yesterday.
______________________________________
__________________________________
3．The magazine is mine. He has taken it away.
______________________________________
__________________________________The man who brought our textbooks here yesterday is in the next room.The magazine which he has taken away is mine.4．The play was wonderful. We saw it last night.
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
5．She came into a big room. In the middle of it stood a large table.
________________________________________________________________________The play that we saw last night was wonderful.She came into a big room, in the middle of which stood a large table.6．He used to live in a big house. In front of it grew many banana trees.
______________________________________
______________________________________
7．Is that the woman? Her daughter is in my class.
________________________________________________________________________
He used to live in a big house, in front of which grew many banana trees.Is that the woman whose daughter is in my class?Ⅱ.选用合适的关系词填空
1．It’s helpful to put children in a situation ________ they can see themselves differently.
2．Life is like a long race ________ we compete with others to go beyond ourselves.
3．I was born in New Orleans, Louisiana, a city ________ name will create a picture of beautiful trees and green grass in our mind.wherewherewhose4．My friend showed me round the town, ________ was very kind of him.
5．The man pulled out a gold watch, the hands of ________ were made of small diamonds.
whichwhichⅢ.单项填空
1．(2011·高考北京卷)Mary was much kinder to Jack than she was to the others, ________, of course, made all the others upset.
A．who B．which
C．what D．that
解析：选B. 考查非限制性定语从句. 第一个逗号后的非限制性定语从句中缺少主语, which 引导非限制性定语从句, 指代整个主句部分的内容. 选择which.
2．(2011·高考山东卷)The old town has narrow streets and small houses ______are built close to each other.
A．they B．where
C．what D．that
解析：选D. 此题考查定语从句的引导词. 关
系代词 that 代替先行词small houses, 在从句
中作主语. 句意为：这座古老的城镇街道狭
窄, 小房子挨得很近.
3．(2011·高考江西卷)She showed the visitors around the museum, the construction ________ had taken more than three years.
A．for which B．with which
C．of which D．to which
解析：选C. 考查定语从句. 先行词为museum, 在从句中充当定语, 博物馆的建造工程花费了超过三年的时间. 介词用of. 选C.
4．(2011·高考江苏卷)Between the two parts of the concert is an interval, ________ the audience can buy ice-cream.
A．when B．where
C．that D．which
解析：选A. 考查定语从句. 句意：音乐会的两大构成部分中间有幕间休息时间, 在这段时间里观众可以去买冰激凌. when 引导的定语从句修饰an interval, when 在从句中作时间状语. 首先解析句子结构, 判断从句类型, 题干说“在音乐会中间有间歇, 此时你可以买冰激凌. ”题干的前半部分完整无缺, 后半部分补充说明这个间歇你可以干的事, 所以这是一个非限制性定语从句, 先行词为interval, 非限制性定语从句的功能就是对先行词进行补充说明. 由于从句部分不缺少主干成分, 而且
interval 表时间, 所以正确答案为A.
5．(2012·温州十校联考)—I got an email from Susan, ________ said she was going abroad for sightseeing.
—Fantastic! That’s what she has been dreaming of.A．which B．she
C．who D．it
解析：选A. 考查非限制性定语从句的关系
词. 此处which 代替 an email, which 作主语.
6．(2011·江西师大开学试题)Safety in school has been of great concern because of frequent reports about accidents ________ students got injured or killed while in school.
A．that B．when
C．in which D．for which
解析：选C. 考查定语从句的关系词. 此处 accidents 为先行词, in which 在定语从句中作状语, 相当于 in the accidents.
7．(2012·绵阳中学月考)You can use a larger plastic bottle, ________ is cut off, _______ as a pot to grow flowers in.
A．of which the top; with it’s top
B．whose top; with its top
C．whose top; the top of it
D．the top of which; with it’s top解析：选B. 考查定语从句及with 的复合结
构. 第一空是whose 引导的非限制性定语从
句; 第二空是with 的复合结构.
8．(2012·河南实验中学第一次月考)He made another wonderful discovery, ________ of great importance to science.
A．which I think is B．which I think it is
C．which I think D．I think which is解析：选A. 考查非限制性定语从句及插入
语. 此处 I think为插入语, which 是定语从句的关系代词.
9．Students shouldn’t be given so difficult a problem ______ they can not work out.
A．that B．which
C．while D．as
解析：选D. 在定语从句中, 当先行词被so/such 修饰时用 as 引导定语从句.
10．The Beatles, _____ many of you are old enough to remember, came from Liverpool.
A．what B．that
C．how D．as
解析：选D. 根据句子结构和意义可知空格处应选用一个非限制性定语从句的引导词; what 不引导定语从句; that 不能用于引导非限制性定语从句; 该定语从句中的引导词应作 remember 的宾语, 排除how.
说明文写作：介绍动物
写作要求
根据下面的提示写一篇介绍老虎的文章, 可以适当增加细节, 词数120左右.
老虎是猫科动物的一种, 肉食性动物. 它全身是黑黄相间的斑纹, 非常漂亮. 尾巴长而有力. 老虎生活在密林里, 以森林中
的小动物为食. 现在世界上老虎的数量非常
少. 我们必须尽全力保护老虎和它们的生存
环境.
注意：可以适当增加细节.
参考词汇：斑纹—streak
______________________________________
______________________________________
审题谋篇
词汇突破catfierceyellow and black streaksthick forestcut downliving conditionworse and worseliving spacedo one’ best写作要点
1．老虎是一种大型猫科动物.
A tiger ________________ big cats.
2．老虎很凶猛, 以肉食为主.
A tiger is very fierce and it _____________________.
3．老虎生活在密林中.
Tigers _________ the thick forests.is a kind ofeats mainly meatlive in4．大量的森林被砍伐.
Many forests ______________________.
5．它们应该有自己的生存空间.
They should have _____________________.
have been cut downtheir own living space佳作欣赏
A tiger is a kind of big cats, ①which looks like a cat, but much bigger than a cat. A tiger is very fierce and it eats mainly meat. It has yellow and black streaks all over its body and it looks very beautiful. Its tail is long and strong. ②Tigers live in the thick forests and small animals are tigers’ food.③During the past years, many forests have been cut down and therefore the living conditions of the tigers are becoming worse and worse. ④As a result, there are fewer tigers left in the world now. Tigers are the endangered animals of the world, so they should have their own living space. ⑤We must do our best to protect the tigers and their living environment.
名师点津
【美文点津】
亮点一：布局谋篇上适当增加了细节, 使文章更加连贯, 流畅, 对老虎的描述给人一个清晰的印象. 亮点二：恰到好处地使用了①定语从句, ②并列句, ⑤不定式作目的状语以及③被动语态和比较结构.
亮点三：有效使用了一些连接成分, 如④
as a result 使行文更为流畅.
【类文点津】
1．描述动物的说明文写作技法
1)此类文章属于说明文的范畴, 以“说明”为主
要表达方式, 用来介绍动物的类属、生活习
性、生存状态、外貌特征等, 可对描述的对
象作总体概括介绍, 给人以直观的总体认识,
然后进行具体说明, 目的在于给人知识, 了解
此种动物. 2)此类文章多用一般现在时.
3)此类文章应合理安排结构, 注意行文的条理清晰, 在动笔之前要想好描述顺序, 句与句之间怎样链接, 段与段之间怎样联系.
4)此类文章结尾一般是自然结束, 清楚明了.
2．常用句式
①The snake/tiger... is a．.. animal that lives in...②Lions/Tigers... have... shoulders, strong legs and powerful jaws.
③A guide dog is a dog especially trained to guide a blind person.
④In recent years, ... has been developing rapidly.⑤It was really an impressive visit.
⑥I’m sure people... will work harder to...
⑦It is our eager hope that people who... will...
⑧It is loved by...
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件20张PPT。单元盘点Module 6 Animals in DangerAccording to statistics from the WWF, standing for World Wide Fund for Nature, over 12,000 animal species are on the brink of being extinct, including Tibetan ①_____________, whales, ibises and some reptiles, which lay eggs on the sands. antelopesThe WWF has set up many ②__________ in 90 countries in all five continents, aimed at monitoring some projects, involving founding nature reserves, protecting animals’ natural ③___________ and not wasting energy and protecting the endangered species in the world. Thanks to the WWF’s great efforts, the conditions have greatly-improved.brancheshabitatsTibetan antelopes, feeding on grass and living on the Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau were once in danger of ④_____________ because of the poachers’ illegal hunting. Why do poachers hunt the antelope? That is because the antelope’s wool is the most ideal material for coats or ⑤____________. The wool is worth much.extinctionshawls Many people are concerned about the antelope’s safety and work as volunteers to protect the antelope as well as other ⑥_________. In the battles, some of volunteers were killed. The poachers were so cruel that they skinned the antelopes on the ⑦_______. Sometimes, police raids make the policemen confiscate many wool and skin products. wildlifespot⑧____________, the police get tough with the ⑨__________. Now, the number of the antelopes has greatly grown. It is really a ⑩____________.
Meanwhiledealerswonder根据WWF, 即世界自然保护基金组织的数据, 有12 000动物物种正处于灭绝的边缘, 包括藏羚羊、鲸鱼、NFB71, 以及一些把卵产在沙滩上的爬行动物. 世界自然保护基金组织现在已经在所有的五大洲上的90个国家里建立了很多分支, 目的是监督一些项目, 包括建立自然保护区, 保护动物的自然栖息地, 不浪费能源以及保护世界上的濒危动物. 多亏了世界自然保护基金组织的巨大努力, 情况已经有很大的好转. 以草为食, 居住在青藏高原上的藏羚羊, 因为盗猎者的非法猎杀, 曾经陷入灭绝的危险中.
为什么盗猎者要猎杀藏羚羊呢？那是因为藏羚羊毛是制作大衣和披肩的最理想的材料. 这些羊毛很值钱. 许多人担心藏羚羊的安全而作为志愿者保护它们及其他的野生生物. 在战斗中, 有些志愿者被杀害. 这些盗猎者是如此的残忍, 他们当场对捕获的藏羚羊进行剥皮. 有时, 警察的突击搜查使他们能没收许多的毛皮制品. 同时, 警察严惩商人.
现在, 藏羚羊的数目已有了很大的增长. 这确实是一个奇迹.
链接一 reserve
(教材原句P51) The Chinese and Russian governments have created the reserve to help save the tiger’s natural habitat.
中俄两国政府已设立了保护区来保护老虎的自然栖息地. [高考例证]
(2011·高考福建卷)I’d prefer to____my judgement until I find all the evidence.
A．show B．express
C．pass D．Reserve
解析：选D. 句意：我宁愿保留我的判断直到找到所有证据. 本题考查动词词义辨析. reserve 保存, 保留; show 出示; express 表达; pass传递, 传达. 根据句意可知, 正确答案为D项.
链接二 focus
(教材原句P59)The focus of attention has changed, too.
关注的焦点也已经发生了变化.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考安徽卷)If you______faults but you still want the bicycle, ask the shop assistant to reduce the price.
A．come across B．care about
C．look for D．focus upon
解析：选A. 句意：如果你发现你想要买的这辆自行车有瑕疵, 但是你仍想买这辆, 就让服务员降价. 本题考查动词短语辨析. come across 发现, 碰到; care about 在意, 关心; look for寻找; focus upon 集中注意力于. 根据句意可知正确答案为A项.
链接三 more than
(教材原句P59)It has thousands of volunteers and more than five million supporters who help by giving money.
拥有成千上万的志愿者, 以及超过5百万的捐助者.
[高考例证]
(2011·高考课标全国卷)The form cannot
be signed by anyone ______ yourself.
A．rather than B．other than
C．more than D．better than
解析：选B. 句意：此表格必须由你本人签字. 本题考查短语辨析. rather than 而不是; other than 除了; more than 超出, 不仅仅; better than 胜于. 设空处意为“除了(你自
己)”, 故答案为B项.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放课件10张PPT。Module 6 Animals in Danger教材背景链接
人类的自我发展和对地球生态环境的破
坏, 其恶果已经逐渐显露, 据不完全统计, 19
世纪灭绝的动物有56种, 20世纪有120多种.
自我的膨胀, 将使人类本身经过一场浩劫. Top 5 most endangered animals in China
▲Giant Panda(大熊猫)
Giant Pandas are black and white bears that live in temperate-zone bamboo forests in central-western and south-western China. They are considered to be one of the best recognized animals, but are rarest animals to find around the world. Currently, they have come to be the symbol of the endangered species and there are many efforts to conserve Giant Pandas.
▲White-Flag Dolphin (白鳍豚)
The White-Flag Dolphin, described as a “living fossil” and native to China, is at extremely high-risk of extinction and may already be extinct due to the deterioration of its living environment
in the middle and lower reaches of Yangtze River.
▲Golden Snub-nosed Monkey(金丝猴)
Endemic to China, Golden Snub-nosed Monkey, or scientifically known as Rhinopithecus roxellana, is one of the most beautiful and rare animals found in the world. These monkeys get their name from the short, stump of a nose on their round face, with nostrils arranged forward. They have relatively multicolored and long fur, particularly at the shoulders and backs. They grow to a length of 51 to 83 cm with a tail of 55 to 97 cm.
▲South China Tiger (华南虎)
The South China Tiger, also known as Chinese tiger, is native to China’s central and southern areas. Male South China Tigers weigh 149～225 kilograms and the female are 90～120 kilograms. It is in danger of extinction.
▲Crested Ibis (朱NFB71)
The Crested Ibis, as large as 80 cm, has a long beak and red cheeks. Its head is partially bare and it has a dense crest of white plumes on the nape.
新课导入
目前自然保护区已是这些濒危动物的最后存留地, 同时也是中国濒危动物的良好庇护所. 各种濒危动物也是人类的朋友, 保护濒危动物, 维护地球的生态平衡, 就是维护人类自身的利益, 维护人类社会的稳定和可持续发展.
本部分内容讲解结束按ESC键退出全屏播放
